You are on page 1of 337

SERVICE MANUAL & USER GUIDE

BLADE S23 • BLADE S32 • GAMESCAPE


Video Gaming Device

BLADE s23 BLADE s32 GAMESCAPE

Product Support Group: 1.866.967.4457 • customersupport@wms.com


+34 93 594 8720 • internationalsupport@wms.com
Bally • 350 Pilot Road • Las Vegas, NV 89119 USA
May 27, 2016

1445543
TecDoc14A - Beta1
Table of Contents

Chapter 1: Safety, Power Details, and Cabinet Overview


Introduction ............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-1
Table of Contents...................................................................................................................................................................... 1-1
Reference Documentation (All)................................................................................................................................................ 1-2
Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All) ........................................................................................ 1-3
Use of Water Jet for Cleaning is Prohibited.......................................................................................................................... 1-3
Outdoor Use of Cabinet is Prohibited ................................................................................................................................... 1-3
Use Correct Voltage Configuration....................................................................................................................................... 1-3
Electrical Outlet Location...................................................................................................................................................... 1-3
Use Functional AC Line Cord ............................................................................................................................................... 1-3
Radio Interference ................................................................................................................................................................ 1-3
Compliance Characteristics.................................................................................................................................................. 1-4
Safety Standards..........................................................................................................................................................................................................1-4
EMC Standards............................................................................................................................................................................................................1-4
Temperature and Humidity Characteristics .......................................................................................................................... 1-4
Patent Label, Safety Certification Markings Label, and Ratings Nameplate (Placard)......................................................... 1-5
Serial Plate and Ticket-In/Ticket-Out Windows on Removable Service Panel..................................................................... 1-6
Electrical Characteristics ...................................................................................................................................................... 1-7
Scientific Games Requirements for Operating a Third Party AC Device.............................................................................. 1-8
Third Party AC Device Electrical Conditions ................................................................................................................................................................1-8
Recommended Maximum Power Measurement Process for a Third Party AC Device........................................................ 1-9
Safety: Guidance on Definitions of Roles for Personnel that Repair, Maintain, and Patronize Gaming Machine
(All) .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-10
Properly Discard Game Cabinet and Components (All)...................................................................................................... 1-10
Intended Users of Game Cabinet (All)................................................................................................................................... 1-10
Connectors (All) ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1-11
Switched AC Connector ..................................................................................................................................................... 1-11
Switched AC Connector Pinouts ........................................................................................................................................ 1-12
Unswitched AC Connectors................................................................................................................................................ 1-12
Pinouts for Designing Player Tracking System Hardware to Connect to AC Channel...............................................................................................1-13
AC Unswitched IEC Connector Pinouts .....................................................................................................................................................................1-13
AC Connector Pinouts (3-pin) ....................................................................................................................................................................................1-14
Backplane 2.0 Connectors ................................................................................................................................................. 1-15
Service Fuses (All).................................................................................................................................................................. 1-17
Guidelines for Game Placement (All) .................................................................................................................................... 1-18
Moving the Cabinet............................................................................................................................................................. 1-18
Use a Hand Cart/Hand Truck with Proper Rating ......................................................................................................................................................1-18
Lifting/Moving Cabinet Into and Out of a Bank of Games ..........................................................................................................................................1-18
Use of a Carpet Stretcher is Not Encouraged by Scientific Games ...........................................................................................................................1-18
Ensure Proper Venting ....................................................................................................................................................... 1-18
Base Game Dimensions and Weights................................................................................................................................... 1-19
Blade s23............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-19
Blade s32............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-19
Gamescape ........................................................................................................................................................................ 1-19
Lock Specifications/Guidelines ............................................................................................................................................. 1-20
Cabinet/Bill Acceptor Entry Lock Specifications ................................................................................................................. 1-20
Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape .....................................................................................................................................................................1-20
Spacer Specifications ......................................................................................................................................................... 1-20
Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape .....................................................................................................................................................................1-20
Installing Door Locks in UNLOCKED Position.................................................................................................................... 1-21
Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape .....................................................................................................................................................................1-21
Installing Gamescape Anti-Tip Brackets .............................................................................................................................. 1-22
Overview of Outside Components ........................................................................................................................................ 1-24
Blade s23............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-24
Blade s32............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-25
Gamescape ........................................................................................................................................................................ 1-26
Accessing the Game............................................................................................................................................................... 1-27
Cabinet Doors..................................................................................................................................................................... 1-27
Blade s23 and Blade s32 ...........................................................................................................................................................................................1-27
Gamescape................................................................................................................................................................................................................1-28
Access Locks (All) .............................................................................................................................................................. 1-29
Belly Door, Main and Drop Door Access Points (All).......................................................................................................... 1-31
Belly Door ........................................................................................................................................................................... 1-32
Blade s23 and Blade s32 ...........................................................................................................................................................................................1-32
Gamescape................................................................................................................................................................................................................1-33
Unlocking and Opening the Belly Door - Blade s23 and Blade s32 ...........................................................................................................................1-34
Unlocking and Opening the Belly Door and Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape ......................................................................................................1-35
Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23 and Blade s32 ................................................................................................................................1-37
Locking and Closing the Belly Door and the Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape .....................................................................................................1-38

Service Manual & User Guide: Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape
1445543 - May 27, 2016
TecDoc14A - Beta1
A-2
Main Door (All).................................................................................................................................................................... 1-40
Unlocking and Opening the Main Door.......................................................................................................................................................................1-41
Closing and Locking the Main Door............................................................................................................................................................................1-42
Drop Door (All).....................................................................................................................................................................1-43
Unlocking, Opening and Removing the Drop Door.....................................................................................................................................................1-44
Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop Door............................................................................................................................................................1-45
Cashbox (All) .......................................................................................................................................................................1-46
Unlocking and Opening the Cashbox Access Door....................................................................................................................................................1-46
Closing and Locking the Cashbox Access Door.........................................................................................................................................................1-47
Hard Meters (All) ......................................................................................................................................................................1-47
Illuminated Printer, Bill Acceptor, and Button Panel Bezels ...............................................................................................1-48
Blade s23.............................................................................................................................................................................1-48
Blade s32.............................................................................................................................................................................1-49
Gamescape .........................................................................................................................................................................1-50
Button Panels...........................................................................................................................................................................1-51
Organic Light-Emitting Diode (OLED) Button Panel (Blade s23) ........................................................................................1-51
Tablet 2.0 Button Panel (Blade s32 and Gamescape) ........................................................................................................1-51
Leap Motion (Gamescape) ......................................................................................................................................................1-51
Overview of Switches ..............................................................................................................................................................1-52
Accessory Top (Blade s23 and Blade s32) .........................................................................................................................1-52
LCDs (Gamescape).............................................................................................................................................................1-52
Base Cabinet (All)................................................................................................................................................................1-53
Compressing Door Switches to Simulate Play Mode ..........................................................................................................1-53
LCD Components.....................................................................................................................................................................1-54
Blade s23 and Blade s32.....................................................................................................................................................1-54
Gamescape .........................................................................................................................................................................1-55
Emotive Lighting Overview .....................................................................................................................................................1-56
Blade s23 and Blade s32.....................................................................................................................................................1-56
Gamescape .........................................................................................................................................................................1-57
Emotive Lighting Controller Assembly (All) .........................................................................................................................1-58
Emotive Lighting Controller Assembly Status LEDs (All) ....................................................................................................1-58
Player Tracking System Mounting Bracket Overview (All) ..................................................................................................1-59
Side Panels (All).......................................................................................................................................................................1-59

Chapter 2: Installation and Setup


Overview .....................................................................................................................................................................................2-1
Table of Contents.......................................................................................................................................................................2-1
Preparing for Installation (All) ..................................................................................................................................................2-2
Tools Required for Installation...............................................................................................................................................2-2
ESD Prevention .....................................................................................................................................................................2-2
Accessing the Inside of the Game.........................................................................................................................................2-2
Replacing the Shipping Locks (All)..........................................................................................................................................2-2
Belly Door Locks....................................................................................................................................................................2-3
Main Door Lock .....................................................................................................................................................................2-8
Cashbox Door Lock .............................................................................................................................................................2-11
CPU Lock ............................................................................................................................................................................2-14
Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X)..........................................................................2-15
CPU-3.2X CompactFlash OS and Game Software Slots ....................................................................................................2-15
Installing the JUR SPI Assembly or BIOS Firmware Assembly...........................................................................................2-15
Removing the Control System.............................................................................................................................................2-16
Installing the Control System...............................................................................................................................................2-18
Removing CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X from the Backplane 2.0 Assembly Chassis ..............................................................2-20
Installing CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X onto the Backplane 2.0 Assembly Chassis.................................................................2-21
Connecting to Power Supply (All) ..........................................................................................................................................2-23
Connecting to a Power Source............................................................................................................................................2-23
Disconnecting from a Power Source ...................................................................................................................................2-25
Verifying WMS Audio Amplifier Connections.......................................................................................................................2-28
Connecting to Power Supply in MAST (Gamescape) ...........................................................................................................2-28
Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All)........................................................................................................................2-29
Bill Acceptor Jumpers..........................................................................................................................................................2-29
Progressive Port Jumpers ...................................................................................................................................................2-30
Door Switch Jumpers ..........................................................................................................................................................2-31
HOST 1 Jumpers.................................................................................................................................................................2-32
Emulating Hard Meters........................................................................................................................................................2-32
Color Connectors.................................................................................................................................................................2-33
LED Reference ....................................................................................................................................................................2-34
Power Indicator LEDs..........................................................................................................................................................2-35
Host Comm LEDs................................................................................................................................................................2-36

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
A-3
Calibrating the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel (Blade s32 and Gamescape) ................................................................................2-36
Daisy Chain Emotive Lighting Controllers (All) ....................................................................................................................2-37
Game Startup Sequence (All) .................................................................................................................................................2-39
Installing Player Tracking System Faceplates and Components (if necessary).................................................................. 2-39
Performing a RAM Clear ..................................................................................................................................................... 2-39
Installing Game, OS CompactFlash Cards, and BIOS/Jurisdictional Chip.......................................................................... 2-39
Installing and Configuring the OS........................................................................................................................................ 2-39

Chapter 3: Cabinet Maintenance


Overview .....................................................................................................................................................................................3-1
Table of Contents.......................................................................................................................................................................3-1
Preparing for Maintenance (All)................................................................................................................................................3-3
Tools Required for Installation...............................................................................................................................................3-3
ESD Prevention .....................................................................................................................................................................3-3
Accessing the Inside of the Game.........................................................................................................................................3-3
Maintenance Responsibilities (All)...........................................................................................................................................3-4
Definitions of Roles for Personnel that Repair, Maintain, and Patronize the Gaming
Machine .......................................................................................................................................................................................3-4
ESD Prevention (All) ..................................................................................................................................................................3-5
Ladder Safety (All) .....................................................................................................................................................................3-5
Accessing Inside of Game (All) ................................................................................................................................................3-5
Game Cleaning (All)...................................................................................................................................................................3-6
Cleaning Game Cabinet ........................................................................................................................................................3-6
Cleaning LCDs ......................................................................................................................................................................3-6
Cleaning Bill Acceptor ...........................................................................................................................................................3-6
Cleaning Printer.....................................................................................................................................................................3-6
CPU Maintenance .................................................................................................................................................................3-6
Preventative Maintenance Checklist (All) ................................................................................................................................3-7
Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)..............................3-8
Dual LCD Bezel Assembly ....................................................................................................................................................3-8
Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly .................................................................................................................................................................... 3-8
Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly .................................................................................................................................................................... 3-10
Secondary LCD ...................................................................................................................................................................3-12
Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s23....................................................................................................................................................... 3-12
Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23 ............................................................................................................................................................. 3-14
Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s32....................................................................................................................................................... 3-17
Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s32 ............................................................................................................................................................. 3-19
Main LCD.............................................................................................................................................................................3-21
Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s23................................................................................................................................................................ 3-21
Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s23 ...................................................................................................................................................................... 3-23
Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s32................................................................................................................................................................ 3-26
Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s32 ...................................................................................................................................................................... 3-27
Triptych LCD Maintenance (Gamescape) ..............................................................................................................................3-30
Triptych LCD........................................................................................................................................................................3-30
Button Panel Maintenance ......................................................................................................................................................3-30
OLED Button Panel (Blade s23)..........................................................................................................................................3-30
Removing the OLED Button Panel Assembly ............................................................................................................................................................ 3-30
Installing the OLED Button Panel Assembly .............................................................................................................................................................. 3-32
Replacing the OLED Button Panel Buttons and Lenses ............................................................................................................................................ 3-34
Tablet 2.0 Button Panel (Blade s32 and Gamescape) ........................................................................................................3-36
Removing the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel Assembly...................................................................................................................................................... 3-36
Installing a Tablet 2.0 Button Panel Assembly ........................................................................................................................................................... 3-38
Replacing the Buttons and Artwork on a Tablet 2.0 Button Panel ............................................................................................................................. 3-40
Removing a Replacement Button Lens (Tablet 2.0 Only) .......................................................................................................................................... 3-40
Installing a Replacement Button Lens (Tablet 2.0 Only)............................................................................................................................................ 3-41
Leap Motion Assembly Maintenance (Gamescape) .............................................................................................................3-41
Emotive Lighting Maintenance ...............................................................................................................................................3-42
Replacing the Emotive Controller Board (All) ......................................................................................................................3-42
Replacing the Top Emotive Lighting Board (Blade s23)......................................................................................................3-44
Replacing the Left and Right Top Emotive Light Boards (Blade s23) .................................................................................3-47
Replacing the Belly Door Emotive Lighting Boards (All)......................................................................................................3-56
Replacing the Drop Door Emotive Lighting Board (All) .......................................................................................................3-65
REPLACING ALL EMOTIVE LIGHTING BOARDS IN GAMESCAPE .....................................................................................3-68
Top Box Controller Board (Gamescape) ...............................................................................................................................3-68
Printer Maintenance (All).........................................................................................................................................................3-69
Removing and Reinstalling the Printer ................................................................................................................................3-69
Replacing the Printer Bezel When Damaged ......................................................................................................................3-70
Bill Acceptor Maintenance (All) ..............................................................................................................................................3-71
Replacing the Bill Acceptor Head ........................................................................................................................................3-71
Replacing the Bill Acceptor Bezel When Damaged.............................................................................................................3-72

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
A-4
Hard Meter Maintenance (All) ................................................................................................................................................. 3-75
Replacing the Hard Meters (if applicable) ........................................................................................................................... 3-75
Subwoofer Maintenance (All).................................................................................................................................................. 3-77
Replacing the Subwoofer .................................................................................................................................................... 3-77
Audio Amplifier Assembly (All) .............................................................................................................................................. 3-79
Replacing the Audio Amplifier Assembly............................................................................................................................. 3-79
Power Supply Maintenance (All) ............................................................................................................................................ 3-83
Replacing the Power Supply ............................................................................................................................................... 3-83
Switched or Unswitched Fuses (All) ...................................................................................................................................... 3-88
Replacing the Switched or Unswitched Fuses .................................................................................................................... 3-88
Fan and Blower Assemblies ................................................................................................................................................... 3-90
Replacing the Accessory Top Fan Assemblies (Blade s23 and Blade s32)........................................................................ 3-90
Replacing the Box Fan Assembly (Blade s32) .................................................................................................................... 3-93
Replacing the Mast Fan Assembly (Gamescape) ............................................................................................................... 3-96
Replacing the CPU Fan Tray Assembly (All)..................................................................................................................... 3-100
Replacing the Bottom Blower Assembly (All) .................................................................................................................... 3-101
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance............................................................................................................................... 3-104
Replacing the Tower Light................................................................................................................................................. 3-104
Replacing the Tower Light in a Blade 23 .................................................................................................................................................................. 3-104
Replacing the Tower Light in a Blade s32 ................................................................................................................................................................ 3-112
Installing the Tower Light (Gamescape)............................................................................................................................ 3-117
Removing the Marquee ..................................................................................................................................................... 3-117
Removing the Marquee from a Blade s23 ................................................................................................................................................................ 3-117
Removing the Marquee from a Blade s32 ................................................................................................................................................................ 3-119
Replacing/Installing the Tower Light in a Marquee (Blade s23 and Blade 32) .................................................................. 3-121
Installing the Marquee ....................................................................................................................................................... 3-129
Installing the Marquee on a Blade s23 ..................................................................................................................................................................... 3-129
Blade s32.................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3-132
Replacing Artwork in the Marquee (Blade s23 and Blade s32) ......................................................................................... 3-135
Replacing the Marquee Light Boards (Blade s23 and Blade s32)..................................................................................... 3-137
Replacing the Marquee Lenses (Blade s23 and Blade s32) ............................................................................................. 3-140
Replacing the Marquee Emotive Light Boards (Blade s 23 and Blade s32)...................................................................... 3-141
Installing the Foot Rest (All) ................................................................................................................................................. 3-146
Removing the Foot Rest.................................................................................................................................................... 3-146
Installing the Foot Rest...................................................................................................................................................... 3-147
Cashbox (All).......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-148
Removing the Cashbox ..................................................................................................................................................... 3-148
Installing the Cashbox ....................................................................................................................................................... 3-149
Player Tracking System Tray (All) ........................................................................................................................................ 3-150
Removing the Player Tracking System Tray ..................................................................................................................... 3-150
Installing the Player Tracking System Tray ....................................................................................................................... 3-153
Removing and Installing the Side Panels ............................................................................................................................ 3-156
Blade s23........................................................................................................................................................................... 3-156
Blade s32........................................................................................................................................................................... 3-160

Chapter 4: Troubleshooting
Preventing Injury and Damage ................................................................................................................................................ 4-1
Table of Contents...................................................................................................................................................................... 4-1
Basic Game Troubleshooting .................................................................................................................................................. 4-2
Gamescape Troubleshooting .................................................................................................................................................. 4-9

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
A-5

Chapter 5: Serviceable Parts and Wiring Diagrams


Overview .....................................................................................................................................................................................5-1
Table of Contents .................................................................................................................................... 5-1
Serviceable Parts .................................................................................................................................... 5-2
Assemblies ............................................................................................................................................................................5-2
Audio Components ................................................................................................................................................................5-2
Bezels....................................................................................................................................................................................5-2
Brackets.................................................................................................................................................................................5-2
Button Panels ........................................................................................................................................................................5-3
Control Subsystem Components (including Backplane) .......................................................................................................5-3
Emotive Lighting ....................................................................................................................................................................5-3
Electrical Cables....................................................................................................................................................................5-4
Emotive Lighting ....................................................................................................................................................................5-5
Fans.......................................................................................................................................................................................5-5
LCDs......................................................................................................................................................................................5-5
Miscellaneous........................................................................................................................................................................5-5
Switches ................................................................................................................................................................................5-6
Tower Light............................................................................................................................................................................5-6
Blade s32 Unique Serviceable Parts ........................................................................................................... 5-7
Gamescape (Willy Wonka) Serviceable Parts................................................................................................ 5-8
Gamescape Wiring Diagrams .................................................................................................................... 5-9

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
A-6

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Introduction
Safety, Power Details, and Cabinet Overview

The purpose of this chapter is to present an overview of the features and characteristics of the
1
Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

Table of In this chapter:


Contents Introduction ...................................................................................................................... 1-1
Table of Contents ............................................................................................................. 1-1
Reference Documentation (All) ....................................................................................... 1-2
Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All) ............................... 1-3
Use of Water Jet for Cleaning is Prohibited ................................................................. 1-3
Outdoor Use of Cabinet is Prohibited .......................................................................... 1-3
Use Correct Voltage Configuration .............................................................................. 1-3
Electrical Outlet Location ............................................................................................. 1-3
Use Functional AC Line Cord ...................................................................................... 1-3
Radio Interference ....................................................................................................... 1-3
Compliance Characteristics ......................................................................................... 1-4
Safety Standards.....................................................................................................................................1-4
EMC Standards.......................................................................................................................................1-4
Temperature and Humidity Characteristics.................................................................. 1-4
Patent Label, Safety Certification Markings Label, and Ratings Nameplate (Placard) 1-5
Serial Plate and Ticket-In/Ticket-Out Windows on Removable Service Panel ............ 1-6
Electrical Characteristics.............................................................................................. 1-7
Scientific Games Requirements for Operating a Third Party AC Device ..................... 1-8
Third Party AC Device Electrical Conditions ...........................................................................................1-8
Recommended Maximum Power Measurement Process for a Third Party AC Device1-9
Safety: Guidance on Definitions of Roles for Personnel that Repair, Maintain, and Patronize Gaming
Machine (All)............................................................................................................................. 1-10
Properly Discard Game Cabinet and Components (All) ............................................. 1-10
Intended Users of Game Cabinet (All) .......................................................................... 1-10
Connectors (All) ............................................................................................................. 1-11
Switched AC Connector............................................................................................. 1-11
Switched AC Connector Pinouts................................................................................ 1-12
Unswitched AC Connectors ....................................................................................... 1-12
Pinouts for Designing Player Tracking System Hardware to Connect to AC Channel..........................1-13
AC Unswitched IEC Connector Pinouts ................................................................................................1-13
AC Connector Pinouts (3-pin) ...............................................................................................................1-14
Backplane 2.0 Connectors......................................................................................... 1-15
Service Fuses (All) ......................................................................................................... 1-17
Guidelines for Game Placement (All) ........................................................................... 1-18
Moving the Cabinet .................................................................................................... 1-18
Use a Hand Cart/Hand Truck with Proper Rating .................................................................................1-18
Lifting/Moving Cabinet Into and Out of a Bank of Games .....................................................................1-18
Use of a Carpet Stretcher is Not Encouraged by Scientific Games ......................................................1-18
Ensure Proper Venting............................................................................................... 1-18
Base Game Dimensions and Weights .......................................................................... 1-19
Blade s23 ................................................................................................................... 1-19
Blade s32 ................................................................................................................... 1-19
Gamescape................................................................................................................ 1-19
Lock Specifications/Guidelines .................................................................................... 1-20
Cabinet/Bill Acceptor Entry Lock Specifications ........................................................ 1-20
Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape................................................................................................1-20
Spacer Specifications ................................................................................................ 1-20
Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape................................................................................................1-20
Installing Door Locks in UNLOCKED Position ........................................................... 1-21
Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape................................................................................................1-21
Installing Gamescape Anti-Tip Brackets...................................................................... 1-22
Overview of Outside Components................................................................................ 1-24
Blade s23 ................................................................................................................... 1-24
Blade s32 ................................................................................................................... 1-25
Gamescape................................................................................................................ 1-26
Accessing the Game ...................................................................................................... 1-27
Cabinet Doors ............................................................................................................ 1-27
Blade s23 and Blade s32 ......................................................................................................................1-27
Gamescape...........................................................................................................................................1-28
Access Locks (All)...................................................................................................... 1-29
Belly Door, Main and Drop Door Access Points (All) ................................................. 1-31
Belly Door .................................................................................................................. 1-32

Service Manual & User Guide: Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape
1445543 - May 27, 2016
TecDoc14A - Beta1
1-2 Reference Documentation (All)
Blade s23 and Blade s32...................................................................................................................... 1-32
Gamescape .......................................................................................................................................... 1-33
Unlocking and Opening the Belly Door - Blade s23 and Blade s32 ..................................................... 1-34
Unlocking and Opening the Belly Door and Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape ................................ 1-35
Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23 and Blade s32 .......................................................... 1-37
Locking and Closing the Belly Door and the Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape ............................... 1-38
Main Door (All) ........................................................................................................... 1-40
Unlocking and Opening the Main Door................................................................................................. 1-41
Closing and Locking the Main Door...................................................................................................... 1-42
Drop Door (All) ........................................................................................................... 1-43
Unlocking, Opening and Removing the Drop Door .............................................................................. 1-44
Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop Door ..................................................................................... 1-45
Cashbox (All) ............................................................................................................. 1-46
Unlocking and Opening the Cashbox Access Door.............................................................................. 1-46
Closing and Locking the Cashbox Access Door................................................................................... 1-47
Hard Meters (All)............................................................................................................. 1-47
Illuminated Printer, Bill Acceptor, and Button Panel Bezels...................................... 1-48
Blade s23 ................................................................................................................... 1-48
Blade s32 ................................................................................................................... 1-49
Gamescape................................................................................................................ 1-50
Button Panels ................................................................................................................. 1-51
Organic Light-Emitting Diode (OLED) Button Panel (Blade s23)............................... 1-51
Tablet 2.0 Button Panel (Blade s32 and Gamescape)............................................... 1-51
Leap Motion (Gamescape)............................................................................................. 1-51
Overview of Switches .................................................................................................... 1-52
Accessory Top (Blade s23 and Blade s32)................................................................ 1-52
LCDs (Gamescape) ................................................................................................... 1-52
Base Cabinet (All) ...................................................................................................... 1-53
Compressing Door Switches to Simulate Play Mode................................................. 1-53
LCD Components ........................................................................................................... 1-54
Blade s23 and Blade s32 ........................................................................................... 1-54
Gamescape................................................................................................................ 1-55
Emotive Lighting Overview ........................................................................................... 1-56
Blade s23 and Blade s32 ........................................................................................... 1-56
Gamescape................................................................................................................ 1-57
Emotive Lighting Controller Assembly (All)................................................................ 1-58
Emotive Lighting Controller Assembly Status LEDs (All)........................................... 1-58
Player Tracking System Mounting Bracket Overview (All) ........................................ 1-59
Side Panels (All) ............................................................................................................. 1-59

Reference See Table 1-1 for a list of relevant documentation available from Scientific Games:
Documentation
(All) Table 1-1 Reference Documentation.
Documentation Notes
1441400 CPU-3.2X and CPU-3.5X Service Contains installation and configuration steps for CPU-3.2X and
Manual CPU-3.5X.
1456703 CPU-4.1.1X_CPU-4.2.2X Service Contains installation and configuration steps for CPU-4.1.1X and
Manual and User Guide CPU-4.2.2X.
1458262 ArgOS 2.X Operating System Contains software installation and configuration information for ArgOS
2.x operating system, which runs on CPU-4X hardware. This manual
includes troubleshooting details and a full tilt code reference.
16-020832 CPU-NXT, CPU-NXT2, Contains installation and configuration steps for the CPU-NXT3.2
CPU-NXT3 Operating System Operating System, which runs on CPU-NXT3.2 hardware.
This manual includes troubleshooting steps and a tilt code reference.
Vendor Documentation View all vendor material on the WMS Intranet at WMS Intranet Home
page | Intranet Directory | Technical Documentation | Documents |
Browse | Vendor Documentation

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All) 1-3
Electrical Review the following to confirm Electrical Environmental/Safety Details and Requirements for the
Environmental/ Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets:
Safety Details
and
Requirements NOTE
(All) The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape
game cabinets.

Use of Water Jet for Game must not be cleaned by a water jet.
Cleaning is
Prohibited

Outdoor Use of This game is not suitable for outdoor use. This game is not suitable for installation in an area
Cabinet is where a water jet could be used.
Prohibited

Use Correct Voltage Locate the socket outlet close to the installed position of this game and confirm that the power
Configuration output matches the game system requirements. See Patent Label, Safety Certification
Markings Label, and Ratings Nameplate (Placard) on page 1-5 to identify the correct voltage
configuration.

WARNING - SHOCK HAZARD


Plugging the game into an improper line voltage source may create a fire and/or electrical shock
hazards. An improper line voltage or frequency can also cause game damage or malfunctions. Check
the voltage configuration label on your game, located next to the serial plate, for proper line voltage.

Electrical Outlet The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily accessible.
Location

Use Functional AC If the power supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, or its service
Line Cord agent, or a similarly qualified person in order to avoid a hazard.

Radio Interference Be aware of the safety notices listed below. Pending approval, some or all of the following may
apply:
 FCC Interference Notice. This equipment has been tested and complies with the limits for a
Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits provide reasonable
protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial
environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If not
installed and used according to the instruction manual, this equipment may cause harmful
interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is
likely to cause harmful interference. The user must correct interference at their expense.
 Canadian Interference Notice. This Class A apparatus meets all requirements of the
Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.
 EU Interference Notice. This Class A digital apparatus meets all requirements of the EURO
(CISPR 22) EMC specifications and safety requirements. This Gaming Device is not intended
for use by young children or infirm persons without supervision. Young children should be
supervised to ensure they do not play with this Gaming Device.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1-4 Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All)
Compliance This section provides an overview of the compliance characteristics for the Blade s23,
Characteristics Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.
Safety Standards
The cabinet is designed to comply with the following safety standards:
 CAN/CSA E-60335-2-82 Standard for Household and similar electrical appliances - Part 2:
Particular requirements for amusement machines and personal service machines
(IEC60335-2-82 and base standard IEC60335-1: Standard for Household and similar
electrical appliances).
 UL22 - UL Inc. Standard for Safety Amusement and Gaming Machines

EMC Standards
Table 1-2 provides the EMC standards for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game
cabinets.
Table 1-2 EMC Standards.
CISPR Emission IEC/EN CSPR 22
55022
Class A Information Technology Equipment - Radio Disturbance Characteristics
FCC Emissions FCC Rules and Regulations/Unintentional Radiators
Class A Digital Devices
Part 15 Subpart "B," Sections 15.107a and 15.109a
Immunity Testing ESD: IE/EN 61000-4-2
IEC/EN 55024
Electric Field Radiated Immunity: IEC/EN 61000-4-3
Electrical Fast Transients - EFT/Burst Immunity: IEC/EN 61000-4-4, Level 4, Criteria B
Surge Immunity: EN 61000-4-5, Level 4, Criteria B
Conducted Immunity: IEC/EN 61000-4-6, Level 3, Criteria A
Magnetic Field Immunity: IEC/EN 61000-4-9, Criteria A
Voltage Dips, Interruptions and Variations Immunity: IEC/EN 61000-4-6-11, Criteria C
Harmonics Current Harmonics - IEC/EN 61000-3-2
Emissions
Voltage Fluctuations and Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker - IEC/EN 61000-3-3
Flicker

Temperature and Table 1-3 and Table 1-4 provide an overview of the temperature and humidity characteristics
Humidity for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.
Characteristics
Table 1-3 Temperature.
Operating Temperature Storage/Transportation Temperature
-10ºC (14ºF) to +35ºC (+95ºF) -20ºC (-4ºF) to +71ºC (+159ºF)

Table 1-4 Relative Humidity.


Operating Humidity Storage Humidity
5% to 95% RH 5% to 95% RH

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All) 1-5
Patent Label, Safety Several important sources of information are grouped at the back of the Blade s23, Blade s32,
Certification and Gamescape game cabinets:
Markings Label, and  The warning label, Figure 1-1 (A) and Figure 1-2, warns against tipping, shaking, or
Ratings Nameplate rocking the cabinet.
(Placard)
 The safety markings label, Figure 1-1 (B), contains symbols indicating the applicable
certified safety certifications for the cabinet.
 The patent label, Figure 1-1 (C), references a website with the cabinet patent
information.
 The ratings nameplate (placard), Figure 1-1 (D), lists the maximum current rating for the
cabinet. For more information, Electrical Characteristics on page 1-7.
 The serial plate, Figure 1-1 (E), contains the serial number for the cabinet.
Figure 1-1 Labels on back of the cabinet.

B C

NOTE
The yellow label on the top left corner of the back of the cabinet, Figure 1-2 (A), warns
against tipping, shaking, or rocking the cabinet.

Figure 1-2 Closeup view of warning label.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1-6 Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All)
Serial Plate and At the base of the front of the cabinet, the game serial plate is visible from the outside of the
Ticket-In/Ticket-Out game, Figure 1-3 (A), and the Ticket-In/Ticket-Out (TITO) plate is visible to the right side of the
Windows on lower door, Figure 1-3 (B).
Removable Service Figure 1-3 Serial plate (left) and Ticket-In/Ticket-Out (TITO) plate (right).
Panel

A
B

Several informational labels are used inside the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game
cabinets:
 The pinch point area label, Figure 1-4 (A), warns that hands can be pinched when
holding the button panel from the sides when removing it from the cabinet. The correct
way to hold the button panel is from the front. The label is located in the left channel.
 The pull to release bezel label, Figure 1-4 (B), explains how to remove the main LCD
bezel and is located near the left speaker.
 The do not push down on door label, Figure 1-4 (C), explains that pushing down on the
main door when it is open is not permitted and is located on the inside of the main door.
 The close this door first label, Figure 1-4 (D), explains that the main door must be closed
before the belly door and is located on the inside of the main door.
Figure 1-4 Labels inside of the cabinet.
A B
B

C
D

C D

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All) 1-7
Electrical This section provides an overview of the voltage, current, wattage, and heat dissipation
Characteristics characteristics for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

NOTE
The measurements listed on this page were calculated using the configuration (footnote
numbers 1 through 5) listed at the bottom of the page. The placard on the side of the
cabinet (see page 1-5) lists the absolute maximum values for the cabinet, taking into
consideration all configurations.

Table 1-5 Voltage and frequency information.


Voltage (VAC) Frequency (Hertz)
120 / 220-240 50 / 60

Table 1-6 Current information.


Configuration Voltage (Volts) Typical1 (Amps) Max2 (Amps) Placard3 (Amps)
120 3.3 3.6 6.0
Blade 23
220-240 1.6 1.8 3.0
120 3.70 3.9 6.0
Blade s32
220-240 1.45 1.63 3.0
120 5.18 5.43 9.0
Gamescape
220-240 2.79 2.92 4.5

Table 1-7 Wattage information.


Configuration Typical1 (Watts) Max2 (Watts)
Blade s23 390 411
Blade s32 442 461
Gamescape 622 653

Table 1-8 Heat dissipation.


Configuration BTU/hour4
Blade s23 1335
Blade s32 1509
Gamescape 2122

Measurements Listed Above Include . . .


 Player tracking (0.5Amp@ 120VAC or 0.25Amp @ 220-240 VAC)
 Bill acceptor
 Printers
 Meters
 Tower light (2 tier)
 Emotive lighting
Measurements Listed Above Do Not Include . . .
 Audio chair
 Marquee (oval or cloud) or any connection to switched AC
 WAP meter (in game)
 Participation Top Box

1 Typical = idle or during game play

2 Placard or Nameplate Current is defined as the maximum current rating of the cabinet.

3 Includes two 23-inch LCDs

4 BTU calculations derived as [(BTU with max load at 5% of the time) + (BTU with average load at 95% of the time)]

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1-8 Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All)
Scientific Games This section contains requirements for operating a Third Party AC Device (such as player
Requirements for tracking, protocol translators, etc.) maximum power consumption, Switched/Unswitched
Operating a Third Maximum Output Power Limits, and configurations for Switched/Unswitched AC with a Third
Party AC Device Party AC Device.

Third Party AC Device Electrical Conditions


This section contains requirements for a Third Party AC Device (player tracking, protocol
translators, etc.) for use in the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.
 Input voltage: 120 to 240 VAC, +/-10%, 50/60Hz
 Leakage current: Less than 500 micro amps. This will assist in keeping the leakage current
for the gaming device below the limit stated in UL22 Clause 34.
 Maximum input power of 60 watts at 120 VAC
 Meets Safety Standards and EMC Standards on page 1-4
 Maximum operating temperature of +55°C or greater

Reference Table 1-9 for Third Party AC Device Connection and Power:
Table 1-9 Third Party AC Device Connection and Power.
Configuration AC Connection Power
Standard Unswitched AC 60 watts
Alternate Unswitched AC 1, 2 60 watts

1 .When a Third Party AC Device is connected to the Switched AC (see Figure 1-5 (A) for Switched AC Connector
location), the Unswitched AC connectors, Figure 1-5 (B) must both be covered with a "DO NOT USE" label, Figure 1-6.
Additionally, the Switched AC connector current label must be replaced by label 16-010588-32 to indicate the Switched
AC connector 1 amp status.

2 .A Y-cable may be used on the Switched AC connector if the game uses another AC Device on the Switched AC (for
example: Marquee). WMS part number HU-011886-00-xx is an example of an acceptable Y-cable.

Figure 1-5 Unswitched and switched AC connectors.

B
B

The label (1426247) is shown in Figure 1-6.


Figure 1-6 "Do Not Use" label.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All) 1-9
Recommended All measurements shall be performed under maximum normal load. Maximum normal load is
Maximum Power defined as all available features, inputs, and outputs that were designed to be used are in an
Measurement active state. The test shall be performed under normal operating conditions. As part of the
Process for a Third normal operating conditions, the test should be performed at +55°C (131°F) ambient
Party AC Device temperature to replicate the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape internal cabinet
temperatures. In addition, the measurements shall not be performed under any abnormal
operating conditions such as a fault state or short.
To ensure consistency for the maximum power measurements for the Third Party AC Device, the
following procedure is recommended:
 Connect an AC RMS current meter in series with the "HOT" (AC in) for the Third Party AC
Device.
 Plug in the Third Party AC Device and ensure that the device has its maximum load applied
to it without introducing any abnormal operating condition (i.e. If the device has 5 ports
available for use, ensure that all 5 ports are being utilized at their normal operating
conditions).
 Place the AC RMS current meter to amps and "peak" detect.
 Exercise the Third Party AC Device for 5 minutes. This exercise for the Third Party AC Device
will mimic actual use.
 Record the AC RMS current from the meter.
 Measure the AC voltage.
 Multiply the AC RMS current with the AC voltage to determine power.
 Ensure that the power calculated does not exceed 60 watts.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 10 Safety: Guidance on Definitions of Roles for Personnel that Repair, Maintain, and Patronize

Safety: In order to prevent injury and protect game components from damage, each component on the
Guidance on inside of the game may only be accessed/handled by personnel with specific clearance and
Definitions of training. Before accessing the game and its components, ensure that you have the skills and
Roles for assigned responsibilities in Table 1-10.
Personnel that
Repair,
Maintain, and NOTE
Patronize The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape
Gaming game cabinets.
Machine
(All) For additional information, contact the 24/7 Product Support Group at 1-866-967-4457 for
guidance.
Table 1-10 Definitions of roles for personnel that repair, maintain, and patronize gaming machine.
Point of Access to
Job Role Job Role Definitions/Qualifications Inside of Cabinet
User The player or participant of the amusement or gaming machine. none
Drop crew Responsible for emptying game bill acceptor.  belly door (using key)
 bill jam service door
Attendants  Perform all non-technical maintenance associated with game,  main door (using key)
(non-technical including filling printer paper.
maintenance)
 Assist players with games and payouts.
 Perform routine maintenance such as the setting of controls and other
minor adjustments.
 Make routine operating adjustments including, but no limited to,
cleaning the machine.
Service  Perform all mechanical and electrical maintenance associated with  main door (using key)
technicians game.
(technical
maintenance)  An authorized person who may periodically enter game to repair or
maintain electrical or mechanical components.
 Responsible for overhauling, troubleshooting, and repairing equipment.
 Responsible for installations and conversions.
 The installation of accessories or conversion kits by means of
attachment plugs and receptacles or by means of other separate
connectors.
 The replacement of tapes, discs, or program boards.
 Replacement of lamps and fuses and resetting of circuit breakers
located in a user-access area unless the lamps, fuses, or circuit
breakers are marked to indicate replacement or resetting only by
service personnel.

Properly Before discarding this game, the batteries must be removed and disposed of safely. Disconnect
Discard Game the power supply cord (s) before removing the batteries.
Cabinet and
Components
(All)

Intended Users This game is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical, sensory
of Game or mental capabilities, or lack of experience or knowledge, unless they have been given
Cabinet supervision or instruction concerning the use of the game by a person responsible for their
(All) safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the game.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Connectors (All) 1 - 11
Connectors This section describes the various connectors in the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape
(All) game cabinets.

NOTE
The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape
game cabinets.

Refer to Figure 1-7 and Table 1-11 as needed to determine where the connectors are located in
the cabinet.
Figure 1-7 Connector locations.

B
B

Table 1-11 Connectors.


Label Description Reference
A Switched AC connector see Switched AC Connector on page 1-11
B Unswitched AC connectors see Unswitched AC Connectors on page 1-12

Switched AC The switched AC connector, Figure 1-8 (A), is available to power AC components.
Connector Figure 1-8 Switched AC connectors.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 12 Connectors (All)
Reference Figure 1-9 for a description of the connector.

Figure 1-9 Switched AC connector.

Channel ID Function
A Switched AC (5-pin)

Switched AC Table 1-12 lists the pinouts for the switched AC connector.
Connector Pinouts
Table 1-12 Pinouts of switched AC connector.
PIN # NAME SIGNAL TYPE
1 LINE AC Line
2 NC NC
3 EGND AC GROUND
4 NC NC
5 NEUT AC NEUTRAL

Unswitched AC The two AC connectors, Figure 1-10 (A), contain AC power distribution for player tracking and
Connectors other Third Party AC Devices. The IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) connector
includes a line cord extension, which is pre-routed through the game cabinet for participation
games.

NOTE
See Scientific Games Requirements for Operating a Third Party AC Device on page 1-8
for more details on safe, approved use of these connectors.

Figure 1-10 Unswitched AC connectors.

A
A

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Connectors (All) 1 - 13
Reference Figure 1-11 for a description of the connectors.
Figure 1-11 Unswitched AC connectors.

Channel ID Function
A Player tracking, unswitched AC (3-pin)
B Player tracking, unswitched AC (IEC)

Pinouts for Designing Player Tracking System Hardware to Connect to AC


Channel
Table 1-13 provides the location of reference information for the pinouts on the connectors
displayed in Figure 1-11.

Table 1-13 Reference for AC connection PTS (player tracking system) pinouts.
Pinouts Reference
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) see AC Unswitched IEC Connector Pinouts on
AC Connector displayed in Figure 1-11 (A) page 1-13
3-pin unswitched AC connector displayed in see AC Connector Pinouts (3-pin) on page 1-14
Figure 1-11 (B)

AC Unswitched IEC Connector Pinouts


This section describes the pinouts on the IEC AC connector, Figure 1-12.
Figure 1-12 AC unswitched IEC connector.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 14 Connectors (All)
Reference Table 1-14 for the pinouts on the AC unswitched IEC connector, Figure 1-13.
Table 1-14 Pinouts of AC unswitched IEC connector.
PIN Label Name
L LINE
SYMBOL GND (Ground)
N NEUTRAL

Figure 1-13 Measurements (in millimeters) of IEC connector.

The recommended cable length is 36 inches (91.44 cm)


AC Connector Pinouts (3-pin)
This section describes the pinouts on the 3-pin unswitched AC connector.
Figure 1-14 AC unswitched 3-pin connector.

Reference Table 1-15 for the pinouts on the AC unswitched 3-pin connector, Figure 1-14.
Table 1-15 Pinouts of unswitched 3-pin AC connector.
PIN Label Name
1 LINE
2 GND (Ground)
3 NEUTRAL

Table 1-16 lists the manufacturer part numbers for cable connector hardware used to interface to
the unswitched AC power connector. The recommended cable length is 36 inches (91.44 cm).
Table 1-16 Hardware used to interface unswitched AC power connector.
Molex Part Number Description
19-09-1039 3-pin Molex 3191 Receptacle
02-09-1102 3-pin Molex .093 14-20AWG Terminal (female)

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Connectors (All) 1 - 15
Backplane 2.0 This section details the backplane 2.0 connectors.
Connectors The backplane chassis, Figure 1-15 (A), contains the backplane 2.0 printed circuit board (PCB),
Figure 1-15 (B), which is located above CPU-3.2X, Figure 1-15 (C).

NOTE
For further information on CPU-3.2X, reference Service Manual 1441400: CPU-3.2X and CPU-3.5X.
For further information on CPU-4.1.1X, reference Service Manual 1456703: CPU-4.1.1X and CPU-4.2.2X.

Figure 1-15 Backplane chassis (left), backplane 2.0 PCB (right), and CPU-3.2X (bottom).
A B

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 16 Connectors (All)
Most game components, including peripherals, connect to the backplane 2.0 PCB, Figure 1-16.
Reference Table 1-17.

NOTE
All USB devices connected to the backplane 2.0 PCB should plug into the hub ports. Only
an external hub (if applicable) should plug into the port labeled "T" as shown in
Figure 1-16 and Table 1-17.

NOTE
In order for the game to work, a cable must be plugged into port H (Cabinet ID).

Figure 1-16 Backplane 2.0 PCB connectors.

A B1 B2
T LL LL

JP11
LL C
S GG JP9-10 U V W JP4-5

JP12-14 X
JP1-3 D
Y
X1 X2 Z E
AA

LL F
FF
DD CC
EE
BB

N1
O1 M
G
N2 L LL
O1
N3 H

O
R Q P
K J I

Primary LCD port


Secondary LCD port
HH

Table 1-17 Backplane 2.0 PCB connectors.


ID Connector ID Connector ID Connector
A Host Comm 2 (RS-232 only) - N1 Audio Input AA Bill Acceptor
J7 (9-pin)
N2 Primary Audio Output
N3 Secondary Audio Output
Audio (J1 is SPDIF_Output_1
and is the primary audio output;
J3 is SPDIF_Output_2 and J2 is
SPDIF_Input) (ports are from
top to bottom J2, J1, and J3)
B1 Host Comm 1 (RS-485 daisy O Display Ports BB Arm/Handle
chaining requires DB-15 "Y"
cable: WMS p/n 1445458) - O1 Primary LCD
J24 (15-pin) O2 Secondary LCD
B2 Host Comm 1 (RS-232) - O Display Ports
(5-pin)
O1 Primary LCD
C Progressive - J18 (8-pin) and P Auxiliary power (+24V, +12V, CC Key Switches
J76 (8-pin) +5V) - J37, J38, J39, J40, J34
(8-pin)

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Service Fuses (All) 1 - 17
Table 1-17 Backplane 2.0 PCB connectors.
ID Connector ID Connector ID Connector
D SPN - J46 Q Power input (+24V, +12V, +5V, DD General purpose inputs
+3V3 and ACFAIL#)
E Auxiliary 2 - J65 (9-pin) R PVM (fan tray assembly) - EE General Purpose
12-pin Input/Output
F Auxiliary 3 - J66 (9-pin) S Auxiliary Power (+24V and 5V) FF Cabinet ID
(4-pin)
G On-board USB 2.0 Hub Ports T Power input (isolated +5Vi) - GG EGM Fans
(7 ports from BP USB Hub) - 2-pin
J41 (right side only), J42, J-43,
J-44 (8-pin)
H Auxiliary 1 / GAT - J5 (9-pin) U Player Tracking HH CPU Interface
NOTE: (B23 and B32 only;
not on Gamescape)
I I2C (integrated circuit) V Top Box LL LEDs
J Ethernet W Meters JP1-3 Bill Acceptor jumpers
K USB 3.0 X Door Switches JP4-5 Progressive Jumpers
X1 Gamescape Auxiliary Logic
(top display)
X2 Gamescape Triptych
L External USB 2.0 Hub Port Y Tower Lamps JP9-10 HOST COMM1 jumpers
M VGA Z Printer JP11 Meter jumper
JP12-14 Door switch jumpers

Service Fuses Fuses can be replaced by Service technicians (technical maintenance) personnel; for more
(All) information on role definitions, see Safety: Guidance on Definitions of Roles for Personnel that
Repair, Maintain, and Patronize Gaming Machine (All) on page 1-10.

NOTE
The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape.

The power supply includes a fuse for switched power, Figure 1-17 (A), or unswitched power,
Figure 1-17 (B).
Figure 1-17 Insert a flathead screwdriver into fuse-holder notch (closeup of fuse on right).

The switched AC output fuse, Figure 1-17 (A), provides circuit protection to system AC devices
when the power switch is in the ON position. This includes installed display devices, and all
AC-based illumination in the cabinet.
The unswitched AC output fuse, Figure 1-17 (B), provides circuit protection to AC devices when
in standby or the ON position. This is primarily used to power player tracking systems and the
service outlet.
The complete procedure for replacing fuses can be reviewed at Replacing the Switched or
Unswitched Fuses on page 3-90. When replacing a fuse, the AC line cord from the outlet MUST
be disconnected.

WARNING - SHOCK HAZARD


To avoid shock hazard, disconnect the AC line cord before handling fuses.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 18 Guidelines for Game Placement (All)

Guidelines for This section provides the guidelines for game placement.
Game
Placement
(All) NOTE
The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape.

Moving the The purpose of this section is to present the instructions for properly moving the cabinet.
Cabinet
Use a Hand Cart/Hand Truck with Proper Rating
Only use a hand cart/hand truck that is rated for at least 500 lbs (226.8 kg).
When moving the cabinets with a hand cart/hand truck, only lift the game from the bottom rear of
the cabinet, Figure 1-18 (A), and hold the top of the cabinet to ensure that it does not topple. Be
aware that the center of gravity will change as the cabinet is being moved.
Figure 1-18 Rear bottom of cabinet.

Lifting/Moving Cabinet Into and Out of a Bank of Games


The only approved method of lifting the cabinet is with a hand cart/hand truck. Other than the
bottom of the cabinet, there is no place on the game that is designed to support the weight of
the entire cabinet while the cabinet is lifted.
Use of a Carpet Stretcher is Not Encouraged by Scientific Games
The use of a carpet stretcher when placing the cabinet onto the casino floor is not encouraged
by Scientific Games.

Ensure Proper The cabinets can be placed flush against other cabinets or walls. The construction of the
Venting cabinet ensures that vents are clear even when the cabinet is installed flush with walls or other
cabinets.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Base Game Dimensions and Weights 1 - 19
Base Game This section provides the game cabinet dimensions for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and
Dimensions and Gamescape.
Weights

Blade s23 Dimensions of the Blade s23 configuration are listed in Table 1-18.
Table 1-18 Blade s23 game dimensions and weights.
Height Width Depth Weight

Configuration inches cm inches cm inches cm lbs kg


Blade ™ s23 - 63.746 161.91 30 76.2 29.5 74.93 286.5 129.954
with tower light
Blade ™ s23 - 79.799 202.689 30 76.2 29.5 74.93 308.2 139.797
with marquee

Blade s32 Dimensions of the Blade s32 configuration are listed in Table 1-19.
Table 1-19 Blade s32 game dimensions and weights.
Height Width Depth Weight

Configuration inches cm inches cm inches cm lbs kg


Blade ™ s32 - 72.789 184.9 29.984 76.2 29.384 74.6 367.0 166.5
with tower light
Blade ™ s32 - 89.662 227.7 29.984 76.2 29.384 744.6 385.0 174.0
with marquee

Gamescape Dimensions of the Gamescape configuration are listed in Table 1-20.


Table 1-20 Gamescape base game dimensions and weights.
Height Width Depth Weight

Configuration inches cm inches cm inches cm lbs kg


Gamescape - 99.556 252.87 29.984 76.16 29.543 54.79 373.4 169.37
without tower light
or top box

NOTE
For more information on base game dimensions and weights for the Gamescape,
reference Installation Bulletin: 1460345 Install Willy Wonka on Gamescape and Willy
Wonka Drawing TBX-1454892.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 20 Lock Specifications/ Guidelines

Lock This section contains CPU and cabinet entry lock specifications for the Blade s23, Blade s32,
Specifications/ and Gamescape game cabinets.
Guidelines

Cabinet/Bill Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape


Acceptor Entry Lock Reference Table 1-21 for the lock specifications for each cabinet access point.
Specifications Table 1-21 Cabinet and cashbox entry lock specifications.
Door Lock Length Cam Spacer
5/8 inches (15.87 mm) 1442616 (requires use 02-026697-00-04
with mechanical lock
Main door 7/8 inches (22.23 mm) plate 01-13431) None
1-1/8 inches (28.45 mm) 02-026697-00-04
5/8 inches (15.87 mm) 1439451 02-026697-00-01
7/8 inches (22.23 mm) 1439451 02-026697-00-01 and
Belly door
(farthest from user) 02-026697-00-04
1-1/8 inches (28.45 mm) 1439451 02-026697-00-01 and
02-026697-00-04
5/8 inches (15.87 mm) 1439451 02-026697-00-01
7/8 inches (22.23 mm) 1439451 02-026697-00-01 and
Belly door 02-026697-00-04
(closest to user)
1-1/8 inches (28.45 mm) 1439451 02-026697-00-01 and
02-026697-00-04
5/8 inches (15.87 mm) 1442616 (requires use None
with mechanical lock
Cashbox Door 7/8 inches (22.23 mm) plate 01-13431) 02-026697-00-04
1-1/8 inches (28.45 mm) None
CPU 5/8 inches (15.87 mm) 1445488 02-026697-00-04
7/8 inches (22.23 mm) 1445488 2x 02-026697-00-04
1-1/8 inches (28.45 mm) 1445488 3x 02-026697-00-04
CPU secondary 5/8 inches (15.87 mm) 1445488 02-026697-00-04
7/8 inches (22.23 mm) 1445488 2x 02-026697-00-04
1-1/8 inches (28.45 mm) 1445488 3x 02-026697-00-04

Spacer Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape


Specifications Table 1-22 lists the cabinet entry lock spacer sizes.
Table 1-22 Cabinet entry lock spacer sizes.
Part Number Description Spacer Length (L)
02-026697-00-01 SPCR: LOCK BOX-.06 .06 inches (1.52 mm)
02-026697-00-02 SPCR: LOCK BOX-.13 .13 inches (3.30 mm)
02-026697-00-04 SPCR: LOCK BOX-.25 .25 inches (6.35 mm)
02-026697-00-06 SPCR: LOCK BOX-.38 .38 inches (9.65 mm)

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Lock Specifications/ Guidelines 1 - 21
A diagram of an entry lock spacer is displayed in Figure 1-19.
Figure 1-19 Diagram of entry lock spacer.

Installing Door Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape


Locks in In order to ensure that they function correctly, all cabinet locks must be installed in the
UNLOCKED Position UNLOCKED position.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 22 Installing Gamescape Anti-Tip Brackets

Installing Due to the extreme height of the mast and configuration limitations, the Gamescape Anti-Tip
Gamescape Brackets (1461587), Figure 1-20, may be used when installing the game. There are two
Anti-Tip separate brackets: a left bracket (1461501) and a right bracket (1461511). The cabinet must only
Brackets be installed back-to-back, against a wall, in a carousel formation, or as a standalone. The
Gamescape Stability Wedges can be used when the cabinets are in a carousel or standalone
formation.

NOTE
The Blade s23 and the Blade s32 do not use stability wedges.

Figure 1-20 Both Anti-Tip Brackets installed on game (top center), Left Anti-Tip Bracket (lower left) and
Right Anti-Tip Bracket (lower right).

WARNING
The cabinet is top heavy and may tilt forward if not properly installed. The cabinet may be
installed back-to-back with another cabinet where it can be bolted together, installed
against a wall, in a carousel formation, or as a standalone.

NOTE
Each Anti-Tip Bracket has a plastic bag of hardware attached to it.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Installing Gamescape Anti-Tip Brackets 1 - 23
To install the Gamescape Anti-Tip Brackets, complete the following steps:
1 Locate and remove the hardware from the bag attached to each Anti-Tip Bracket.
2 Facing the rear of the game cabinet, slide the right Anti-Tip Bracket flush against the right
foot of the game cabinet, Figure 1-21.
Figure 1-21 Slide right Anti-Tip Bracket flush against the right side of game cabinet.

3 Note that the bracket screw holes, Figure 1-22 (A), will slide past the screw holes on the
game cabinet, Figure 1-22 (B), and will not be aligned with them.
Figure 1-22 Bracket screw holes do not
align with cabinet screw holes.

B
B

4 Position and tighten the two pan head screws into the bracket, Figure 1-23. Note the screws
securing the bracket do not actually screw into the cabinet foot but into the opposite side of
the bracket; since the bracket extends past the cabinet foot, the tightened screws prevent
the bracket from coming off.
Figure 1-23 Tighten two pan head screws.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 24 Overview of Outside Components

Overview of This section contains illustrations and descriptions of the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape
Outside game cabinet external components. In addition, this section contains closer views of the
Components following components:
 LCDs
 Cabinet doors
 Game access locks
 Hard meters
 Illuminated bill acceptor bezel
 Illuminated printer bezel
 OLED button panel
 Tablet 2.0 button panel
 Button panel 2.0

Blade s23 Reference Figure 1-24 to identify each of the externally accessible components on the
Blade s23 game cabinet.

Figure 1-24 Blade s23 cabinet external game components.

A Letter Description
A Tower light
B Marquee
C 23-inch accessory top

B D Accessory top LCD emotive


lighting
E Right base game speaker grill
F Illuminated bill acceptor bezel
G Cashbox door
P C H Drop door
I Main door
J Belly door
K Hard meters (if applicable)
O D
L OLED button panel
M Illuminated printer bezel
N Left base game speaker grill
N Q
O 23-inch main LCD

E P 23-inch secondary LCD


M
Q Player tracking component
faceplate location
L

K F

J
G

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Overview of Outside Components 1 - 25
Blade s32 Reference Figure 1-25 to identify each of the externally accessible components on the
Blade s32 game cabinet.
Figure 1-25 Blade s32 cabinet external game components.
Letter Description
A
A Tower light
B Marquee
B C 32-inch accessory top
D 32-inch secondary LCD
E Accessory top LCD emotive
lighting
C F 32-inch main LCD
G Right base game speaker grill

D H Illuminated bill acceptor bezel


I Cashbox door
J Drop door

E K Tablet 2.0 button panel


L Main door
M Hard meters (if applicable)
F N Belly door
Q O Illuminated printer bezel
P
P Left base game speaker grill
G
Q Player tracking component
faceplate location
O

N
H

M K
I

L
J

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 26 Overview of Outside Components
Gamescape Reference Figure 1-25 to identify each of the externally accessible components on the
Gamescape game cabinet.
Figure 1-26 Gamescape cabinet external game components.
Letter Description
A Wheel Weldment

A B Mast
C Soundbar
D Triptych LCD display
E Illuminated bill acceptor bezel
F Cashbox door
G Drop door

B H Tablet 2.0 button panel


I Main door
J Hard meters (if applicable)
C K Belly door
L Illuminated printer bezel
M Player tracking component
D faceplate location
M N Leap Motion Housing

K E

F
J H

I G

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Accessing the Game 1 - 27
Accessing This section provides information describing the ways to access the interior of the Blade s23,
the Game Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

Cabinet Doors Blade s23 and Blade s32


The inside of the Blade s23 and Blade s32 game cabinets are accessed through the following
access points:

NOTE
The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain
access to and remove the secondary LCD and the main LCD. See Overview of Switches
on page 1-52 for information on the switch for each door (as well as all other switches).

 Secondary LCD, Figure 1-27 (A)


 Main LCD, Figure 1-27 (B)
 Belly door, Figure 1-27 (C)
 Main door, Figure 1-27 (D)
 Cashbox door, Figure 1-27 (E)
 Drop door, Figure 1-27 (F)
Figure 1-27 Blade s23 cabinet doors (left) and Blade s32 cabinet doors (right).

A A

B
B

D C
E
D E
F
F

Blade s23 Blade s32

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 28 Accessing the Game
Gamescape
The inside of the game cabinet is accessed through the following access points:

NOTE
The belly door must be open to open the triptych LCD in order to gain access to and
remove the landscape LCD. See Overview of Switches on page 1-52 for information on
the switch for each door (as well as all other switches).

 Triptych LCD, Figure 1-28 (A)


 Belly door, Figure 1-28 (B)
 Main door, Figure 1-28 (C)
 Cashbox door, Figure 1-28 (D)
 Drop door, Figure 1-28 (E)
Figure 1-28 Gamescape cabinet doors.

C D

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Accessing the Game 1 - 29
Access Locks This section identifies each lock access point on the base cabinet.
(All) The lock access points located underneath the belly door, Figure 1-29 (A), are shown in
Figure 1-29 (B), (C), (D), (E), and (F).
Figure 1-29 Access locks underneath belly door (top) and lock access points (bottom).

A
A

Blade s23 / Blade s32 Gamescape

B
D F
C
E

Letter Description
B Belly door/bill acceptor lock
C Belly door/ bill acceptor lock
D Extra lock area
E Reset
F Belly door pin

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 30 Accessing the Game
The lock access points located on the main door, Figure 1-30 (A), are shown in
Figure 1-30 (B), (C), and (D).
Figure 1-30 Accessing locks on main door.

A
A

Blade s23 / Blade s32 Gamescape

C D

Letter Description
B Main door
C Extra lock area
D Cashbox

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Accessing the Game 1 - 31
Belly Door, Main and This section explains belly door, main door, and drop door access to the following components in
Drop Door Access the base cabinet, Figure 1-31:
Points ’

(All) Figure 1-31 Accessing components from belly door, main door,
and drop door (doors removed for clarity). Letter Description
A Left and right speakers
Blade s23 / Blade s32 (Blade s23/Blade s32)
Speakerbar
(Gamescape)
B Bill Acceptor
C Cashbox door
D WMS audio subwoofer
I
E Diagnostic test switch
A A F Power supply
G Power switch

H H Printer
B I Player tracking tray hardware

F E C

Gamescape

H
B
G

F C
E

The main door can be opened by Attendants (non-technical maintenance) and Service
technicians (technical maintenance); for more information on role definitions, see Definitions of
roles for personnel that repair, maintain, and patronize gaming machine. on page 1-10.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 32 Accessing the Game
Belly Door Blade s23 and Blade s32
The belly door, Figure 1-32 (A), allows access to the following components, Figure 1-33:
Figure 1-32 Location of belly door (Blade s23 shown).

NOTE
The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain
access to and remove the secondary LCD and the main LCD.

Figure 1-33 Components accessed by opening belly door


(Blade s23 shown).

Letter Description
A 23-inch secondary LCD -
Blade s23
A 32-inch secondary LCD -
Blade s32
B 23-inch main LCD -
B Blade s23
32-inch main LCD -
Blade s32
C Left and right speakers
E
C D Printer
C E Player tracking hardware
F
F Bill acceptor
D

The belly door can be opened by Attendants (non-technical maintenance) and Service
technicians (technical maintenance); for more information on role definitions, see Definitions of
roles for personnel that repair, maintain, and patronize gaming machine. on page 1-10.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Accessing the Game 1 - 33
Gamescape
The belly door, Figure 1-34 (A), and the triptych display LCD, Figure 1-34 (B), allows access to
the following components, Figure 1-35:
Figure 1-34 Location of belly door and triptych display LCD.

Figure 1-35 Components accessed by opening belly door


and triptych display LCD.

Letter Description
B A Triptych LCD display
B Speakerbar
C Printer
D Player tracking hardware
A E Bill acceptor

E
C

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 34 Accessing the Game
1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Belly Door and
Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape on page 1-35 for more details.
2 Open the triptych LCD. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Belly Door and Triptych LCD
Display - Gamescape on page 1-35.

NOTE
The triptych display LCD must be open in order to gain access to the components.

Unlocking and Opening the Belly Door - Blade s23 and Blade s32
The procedure below describes how to unlock and open the belly door.
1 Reach underneath the right side of the belly door, Figure 1-36 (A), and insert the belly door
key into the lock, Figure 1-36 (B).
Figure 1-36 Reach under belly door to unlock (top); belly door shown from underneath (bottom)
(Blade s23 shown).

B
B

A C

2 Turn the belly door lock, Figure 1-36 (B), clockwise for the key closest to you or
counterclockwise for the key furthest from you.
3 Slide the belly door latch to the left to release the belly door, Figure 1-36 (C).

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Accessing the Game 1 - 35
4 Lift up on the belly door to open, Figure 1-37.
Figure 1-37 Lift up to open the belly door
(Blade s23 shown).

Unlocking and Opening the Belly Door and Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape
The procedure below describes how to unlock and open the belly door and the triptych LCD
Display.
1 Reach underneath the right side of the belly door, Figure 1-38 (A), and insert the belly door
key into the lock, Figure 1-38 (B).
Figure 1-38 Reach under belly door to unlock (top); belly door shown from underneath (bottom).

B
B

2 Turn the belly door lock, Figure 1-38 (B), clockwise for the key closest to you or
counterclockwise for the key furthest from you.
3 Slide the belly door latch to the left to release the belly door, Figure 1-38 (C).

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 36 Accessing the Game
4 Lift up on the belly door to open, Figure 1-39.
Figure 1-39 Lift up to open the belly door.

5 From the left channel, pull the slide bracket latch forward, Figure 1-40 (A), to release the
triptych LCD.
Figure 1-40 Pull slide bracket latch forward to release triptych LCD.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Accessing the Game 1 - 37
6 When the slide bracket latch is pulled forward, the triptych LCD is released. Carefully rotate
it forward, Figure 1-41, until the LCD stops in the service position
Figure 1-41 The triptych LCD rotates forward.

Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23 and Blade s32
The procedure below describes how to close and lock the belly door.
1 Push gently down on the belly door to close, Figure 1-42.

WARNING
Make sure to position hands in center of belly door to avoid getting pinched.

Figure 1-42 Press down to close the belly door


(Blade s23 shown).

2 Continue pressing down until you hear a click that the belly door latch locks, securing the
belly door.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 38 Accessing the Game
3 Pull up on the belly door to ensure that it is fully latched.
4 The belly door is now closed and locked.

NOTE
To confirm the belly door is locked, slide the latch to the left. If the latch does not slide, the
belly door is locked.

Locking and Closing the Belly Door and the Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape
The procedure below describes how to close and lock the belly door and the triptych LCD
Display.
1 Carefully holding the triptych LCD on both sides, slowly rotate back towards the cabinet
until it locks into position, Figure 1-43.
Figure 1-43 Rotate triptych LCD back until it locks.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Accessing the Game 1 - 39
2 Push gently down on the belly door to close, Figure 1-44.

WARNING
Make sure to position hands in center of belly door to avoid getting pinched.

Figure 1-44 Press down to close the belly door.

3 Continue pressing down until you hear a click that the belly door latch locks, securing the
belly door.
4 Pull up on the belly door to ensure that it is fully latched.
5 The belly door is now closed and locked.

NOTE
To confirm the belly door is locked, slide the latch to the left. If the latch does not slide, the
belly door is locked.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 40 Accessing the Game
Main Door The main door, Figure 1-45 (A), allows access to the components located in the lower half of
(All) the cabinet.
Figure 1-45 Location of main door (Blade s23 shown).

NOTE
The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain
access to and remove the secondary LCD and the main LCD. See Overview of Switches
on page 1-52 for information on the switch for each door (as well as all other switches).

The following components are accessed by opening the main door, Figure 1-46:
Figure 1-46 Components accessed by opening main door.

GA A Letter Description
C A Diagnostic test button
B CPU area
D C Backplane area
B
F D Power switch
E Hard meter (if
applicable)
F Power supply
E G Main door switch

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Accessing the Game 1 - 41
Unlocking and Opening the Main Door
The procedure below describes how to close and lock the main door.
1 Confirm the belly door is open. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Turn the main door lock clockwise to the right, Figure 1-47.
Figure 1-47 Unlock the main door (Blade s23 shown).

3 Pull the main door down to open, Figure 1-48.


Figure 1-48 Open the main door (Blade s23 shown).

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 42 Accessing the Game
Closing and Locking the Main Door
The procedure below describes how to close and lock the main door.
1 Slowly raise the main door to the closed position, Figure 1-49.
Figure 1-49 Close the main door.

2 Turn the main door lock counterclockwise, Figure 1-50.


Figure 1-50 Turn the main door lock counterclockwise.

3 The main door is now closed and locked.


4 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Accessing the Game 1 - 43
Drop Door The drop door, Figure 1-51, allows access to the following components, Figure 1-52:
(All) Figure 1-51 Location of drop door (Blade s23 shown).

Figure 1-52 Components accessed by opening drop door.

Letter Description
A
A Drop door switch
B Subwoofer
B C Audio amplifier
C
D D EMU controller

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 44 Accessing the Game
Unlocking, Opening and Removing the Drop Door
The procedure below describes how to unlock, open, and remove the drop door.
1 Confirm the belly door is open. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Confirm the main door is open. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Push the drop door latch located next to the power supply to the left, Figure 1-53, to release
the drop door.
Figure 1-53 Push drop door latch to left (view on left) and closeup of latch (right).

4 Once the drop door is released by pushing the drop door latch to the left, lift the drop door
tabs out of the three slots located on the foot rest, Figure 1-54 (A).
Figure 1-54 Lift drop door tabs out of three corresponding slots on foot rest.

A
A A

5 Set the drop door aside in a safe place.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Accessing the Game 1 - 45
Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop Door
The procedure below describes how to install, close, and lock the drop door.
1 Confirm the belly door is open. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details
2 Confirm the main door is open. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Locate the drop door.
4 Engage the drop door tabs with the three corresponding slots located on the foot rest,
Figure 1-55 (A), and rotate the drop door towards the cabinet.
Figure 1-55 Engage drop door tabs with three slots on foot rest and rotate towards cabinet
(main door removed for clarity).

A A
A

5 Continue pushing the drop door towards the cabinet until the drop door latch located next to
the power supply, Figure 1-56, locks.
Figure 1-56 Drop door latch (left) and closeup (right).

6 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
7 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 46 Accessing the Game
Cashbox The cashbox is accessed by opening the cashbox access door.
(All)
Unlocking and Opening the Cashbox Access Door
The procedure below describes how to unlock and open the cashbox access door.
1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Insert the cashbox access door key into the lock, Figure 1-57 (A).
Figure 1-57 Cashbox access door lock (Blade s23 shown).

3 Turn the cashbox access door key clockwise.


4 Slowly lower the cashbox access door into the open position, Figure 1-58 (A).
Figure 1-58 Lower cashbox access door into open position.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Hard Meters (All) 1 - 47
Closing and Locking the Cashbox Access Door
The procedure below describes how to close and lock the cashbox access door.
1 Confirm the belly door is open. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details
2 Insert the cashbox into the game. Reference Installing the Cashbox on page 3-151 for more
details.
3 Slowly raise the cashbox access door to the closed position, Figure 1-59.
Figure 1-59 Raise cashbox door to closed position.

4 Turn the cashbox access door key counterclockwise to lock.


5 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Hard Meters If applicable, the hard meters are located on the front left of the Blade s23, Blade s32, and
(All) Gamescape game cabinets, under the button panel assembly, on the main door,
Figure 1-60.

NOTE
The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

Figure 1-60 Hard meters.


Letter Description
A Coins In
B Coins Out
C Coins Drop
D Bills (In $)
E Jackpot
F Open

A B C

D E F

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 48 Illuminated Printer, Bill Acceptor, and Button Panel Bezels

Illuminated This section provides information on the illuminated printer, bill acceptor, and button panel
Printer, Bill bezels for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.
Acceptor, and
Button Panel
Bezels

Blade s23 The Blade s23 game cabinet includes illuminated bezels for the printer, Figure 1-61 (A), bill
acceptor, Figure 1-61 (B), and button panel, Figure 1-61 (C). The illuminated bezels promote
ease of use for the player and enhanced aesthetics.
Figure 1-61 Illuminated printer, button panel assembly, and bill acceptor bezels.

A B

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Illuminated Printer, Bill Acceptor, and Button Panel Bezels 1 - 49
Blade s32 The Blade s32 game cabinet includes illuminated bezels for the printer, Figure 1-62 (A), bill
acceptor, Figure 1-62 (B), and button panel, Figure 1-62 (C). The illuminated bezels promote
ease of use for the player and enhanced aesthetics.
Figure 1-62 Illuminated printer, button panel assembly, and bill acceptor bezels.

A B

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 50 Illuminated Printer, Bill Acceptor, and Button Panel Bezels
Gamescape The Gamescape game cabinet includes illuminated bezels for the printer, Figure 1-63 (A), bill
acceptor, Figure 1-63 (B), and button panel, Figure 1-63 (C). The illuminated bezels promote
ease of use for the player and enhanced aesthetics.
Figure 1-63 Illuminated printer, button panel assembly, and bill acceptor bezels.

A B

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Button Panels 1 - 51
Button Panels This section provides information on the OLED and Button Panel 2.0 button panels.

Organic The Blade s23 game cabinet features the Organic Light-Emitting Diode (OLED) 13-Button Panel
Light-Emitting Diode (1431242), Figure 1-64 (A).
(OLED) Button Panel Figure 1-64 13-Button OLED button panel.
(Blade s23)
A

The Organic Light-Emitting Diode (OLED) Button Panel is compatible with CPU-3.2X.
Features include the following:
 programmable OLEDs
 USB connection to CPU for data
 white text OLED buttons

Tablet 2.0 The Blade s32 and Gamescape game cabinet features the Tablet 2.0 button panel,
Button Panel Figure 1-65 (A).
(Blade s32 and Figure 1-65 Tablet 2.0 button panel.
Gamescape)
A

The Tablet 2.0 button panel is compatible with CPU-3.2X and CPU-4.1.1X.
Features include the following:
 10.4-inch touch screen
 mechanical buttons

Leap Motion Leap Motion is a USB peripheral device which allows seamless interaction with the game. It is
(Gamescape) integrated into Gamescape. The Leap Motion device is located behind the Tablet 2.0 button
panel. It allows the player’s motions to interact with the game.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 52 Overview of Switches

Overview of This section details the location of each switch in the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape
Switches game cabinets.

Accessory Top Reference Figure 1-66 for the location of each switch in the Blade s23 and Blade s32 accessory
(Blade s23 and tops.
Blade s32) Figure 1-66 Cabinet switches: Blade s23 accessory top (top),
Blade s32 accessory top (bottom).

Call- Tilt
out Description Codes
A Accessory top switch T
(in accessory top area)

Blade s23
A

Blade s32 A

LCDs Reference Figure 1-67 for the location of each switch in the Gamescape landscape and triptych
(Gamescape) lcds.
Figure 1-67 Cabinet switches.

Call-
out Description
A Upper display door
switch (in mast area)
B Power switch
(in triptych LCD area)
C Triptych door switch

Gamescape B

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Overview of Switches 1 - 53
Base Reference Figure 1-66 for the location of each switch in the base game cabinet.
Cabinet (All)
Figure 1-68 Cabinet switches: Base cabinet.

Call- Tilt
out Description Codes
B Main door switch M
(in main door area)
C Diagnostic test switch n/a
(in main door area)
D Drop door switch D
(in drop door area)
E Bill acceptor switch V
(in cash box area)
F Stacker switch S
(in cash box area)
G Belly door switch B
(in belly door area)

B D E
C

Compressing Door Cabinet door switches can be pressed to remain in the closed position while the respective
Switches to door is open in order to simulate Play Mode for troubleshooting and diagnostic tasks.
Simulate Play Mode

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 54 LCD Components

LCD This section details the location of the LCD components in the Blade s23, Blade s32, and
Components Gamescape game cabinets.

Blade s23 and The Blade s23 accessory top contains a dual LCD assembly with two horizontal premium touch
Blade s32 LCDs with displayport [secondary LCD, Figure 1-69 (A), and main LCD, Figure 1-69 (B)].
The Blade s32 accessory top contains a dual LCD assembly with two horizontal premium touch
LCDs with displayport [secondary LCD, Figure 1-69 (C), and main LCD, Figure 1-69 (D)].

NOTE
The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain
access to and remove the secondary LCD and the main LCD.

Figure 1-69 Blade s23 (left) and Blade s32 (right) LCD components.

A A

B
B

Blade s23 Blade s32

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
LCD Components 1 - 55
Gamescape The Gamescape contains a Triptych LCD assembly, Figure 1-70 (A), consisting of two (2)
21.5-inch HD 16:9, 1920x1080 resolution displays flanking a central 26.5-in HD+ 16:16,
1920x1920 display.
Figure 1-70 Gamescape LCD component.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 56 Emotive Lighting Overview

Emotive The emotive lighting system consists of RGB (red, green, blue) LEDs mounted on printed
Lighting circuit boards throughout the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.
Overview
NOTE
The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape
game cabinets.

It can be used to do the following:


 Attract players to games from a distance with colored light shows with possible coordination
across banks of games.
 Heighten anticipation during game play by using colors and synchronous lighting displays to
convey emotion and drama.
 Celebrate wins during a bonus round or during/after an award.
 Close game play and wish a player a "farewell" after cashing out.

Blade s23 and Reference Figure 1-71 to identify the emotive lighting PCBs used throughout:
Blade s32  the Blade s23 game cabinet, Figure 1-71 (A)

 the Blade s32 game cabinet, Figure 1-71 (B)


For more information, see Emotive Lighting Controller Assembly (All) on page 1-58.
Figure 1-71 Blade s23 (left) and Blade s32 (right) emotive lighting PCBs.
A B

Blade s23 Blade s32

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Emotive Lighting Overview 1 - 57
Gamescape Reference Figure 1-72 to identify the emotive lighting PCBs used throughout the Gamescape
cabinet, Figure 1-72.
For more information, see Emotive Lighting Controller Assembly (All) on page 1-58.
Figure 1-72 Gamescape emotive lighting PCBs.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 58 Emotive Lighting Overview
Emotive Lighting The emotive lighting controller assembly is installed on the left side of the cabinet,
Controller Assembly Figure 1-73 (A), behind the drop door. The status LEDs are located on the front-facing side, and
(All) the front-facing side of the bracket has a slot for easy viewing while troubleshooting.
Figure 1-73 Emotive lighting controller assembly (drop door removed for clarity).

Emotive Lighting Figure 1-74 shows the Emotive Lighting Control ports.
Controller Assembly Figure 1-74 Emotive lighting controller ports (controller removed for illustrative purposes).
Status LEDs
(All)

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Player Tracking System Mounting Bracket Overview (All) 1 - 59
Player Tracking The Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets offers flexibility for player tracking
System system hardware with a centrally located mounting bracket, Figure 1-75 (A).
Mounting
Bracket
Overview NOTE
(All) The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape game cabinets.

Figure 1-75 Player tracking bracket (main door removed for clarity).

Side Panels The side panels on the base cabinets are removable.
(All)  each side panel on the Blade s23 game cabinet is made up of two sections, Figure 1-76 (A)
 each side panel on the Blade s32 game cabinet is made up of three sections, Figure 1-76 (B)
 each side panel on the Gamescape game cabinet is made up of two sections,
Figure 1-76 (C)

Figure 1-76 Side panels: Blade s23 (left), Blade s32 (center), and Gamescape (right).

A B C

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
1 - 60 Side Panels (All)

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Overview
Installation and Setup

This chapter describes the basic installation and setup of the Blade s23, Blade s32, and
2
Gamescape game cabinets, including preparation, jumper settings, electronic connections,
and third party electrical guidelines.

Table of In this chapter:


Contents Overview ........................................................................................................................... 2-1
Table of Contents ............................................................................................................. 2-1
Preparing for Installation (All) ......................................................................................... 2-2
Tools Required for Installation ..................................................................................... 2-2
ESD Prevention ........................................................................................................... 2-2
Accessing the Inside of the Game ............................................................................... 2-2
Replacing the Shipping Locks (All) ................................................................................ 2-2
Belly Door Locks .......................................................................................................... 2-3
Main Door Lock............................................................................................................ 2-8
Cashbox Door Lock ................................................................................................... 2-11
CPU Lock................................................................................................................... 2-14
Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X) ................ 2-15
CPU-3.2X CompactFlash OS and Game Software Slots .......................................... 2-15
Installing the JUR SPI Assembly or BIOS Firmware Assembly ................................. 2-15
Removing the Control System ................................................................................... 2-16
Installing the Control System ..................................................................................... 2-18
Removing CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X from the Backplane 2.0 Assembly Chassis..... 2-20
Installing CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X onto the Backplane 2.0 Assembly Chassis ....... 2-21
Connecting to Power Supply (All) ................................................................................ 2-23
Connecting to a Power Source .................................................................................. 2-23
Disconnecting from a Power Source.......................................................................... 2-25
Verifying WMS Audio Amplifier Connections ............................................................. 2-28
Connecting to Power Supply in MAST (Gamescape) ................................................. 2-28
Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All) .............................................................. 2-29
Bill Acceptor Jumpers ................................................................................................ 2-29
Progressive Port Jumpers.......................................................................................... 2-30
Door Switch Jumpers................................................................................................. 2-31
HOST 1 Jumpers ....................................................................................................... 2-32
Emulating Hard Meters .............................................................................................. 2-32
Color Connectors ....................................................................................................... 2-33
LED Reference .......................................................................................................... 2-34
Power Indicator LEDs ................................................................................................ 2-35
Host Comm LEDs ...................................................................................................... 2-36
Calibrating the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel (Blade s32 and Gamescape)....................... 2-36
Daisy Chain Emotive Lighting Controllers (All) .......................................................... 2-37
Game Startup Sequence (All) ........................................................................................ 2-39
Installing Player Tracking System Faceplates and Components (if necessary) ........ 2-39
Performing a RAM Clear............................................................................................ 2-39
Installing Game, OS CompactFlash Cards, and BIOS/Jurisdictional Chip ................ 2-39
Installing and Configuring the OS .............................................................................. 2-39

Service Manual & User Guide: Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape
1445543 - May 27, 2016
TecDoc14A - Beta1
2-2 Preparing for Installation (All)

Preparing for This section provides instructions for preparing for the installation of the Blade s23, Blade s32,
Installation and Gamescape game cabinets.
(All)
NOTE
Before installing the game, inspect for any defects or damage.

Tools Required for The following tools are required to perform the procedures in this chapter:
Installation
 ESD wrist strap  11/32-inch nut driver  9mm nut driver

 Ratchet  7/16-inch nut driver  3/8-inch deep well socket

 T10 security screwdriver  #1 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver  3/8-inch deep well nut driver

 #2 Phillips screwdriver  #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver  7/8-inch deep-well socket

 7/8-inch deep well nut driver

ESD Prevention Depending on the procedure, measures must be taken to prevent electrical shock and/or
electrostatic discharge (ESD) when servicing the game.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Accessing the See Cabinet Doors on page 1-27 for information on accessing the inside of the Blade s23, Blade
Inside of the Game s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

Replacing the This section contains all of the details required to replace the Blade s23, Blade s32, and
Shipping Locks Gamescape game cabinet shipping locks.
(All)
NOTE
The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

NOTE
 For lock specifications, see Lock Specifications/ Guidelines on page 1-20.
 Scientific Games recommends using lock washers when securing all casino locks to the
games.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Replacing the Shipping Locks (All) 2-3
Belly Door Complete the following steps to remove the belly door locks:
Locks 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Belly Door on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Remove the lower button panel deck cover by using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver to
remove the eight screws (four on the bottom and four on the top), Figure 2-1 (A), securing
the lower button panel deck cover to the button panel deck.
Figure 2-1 Remove screws securing lower button panel deck cover to button panel deck.

A A A A

A A A A

5 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, remove the three nuts, Figure 2-2 (A), and lift the
button panel deck latch subassembly away from the cabinet.
Figure 2-2 Remove three nuts.

A A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
2-4 Replacing the Shipping Locks (All)
6 Turn the button panel deck latch subassembly over, and using a 7/16-inch nut driver,
remove the two 7/16-inch nuts, Figure 2-3 (A), securing the two cams.
Figure 2-3 Remove two nuts securing cams.

7 Lift the two cams away, Figure 2-4 (A).


Figure 2-4 Lift two cams away.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Replacing the Shipping Locks (All) 2-5
8 Using a 7/8-inch deep well nut driver, remove the 7/8-inch nuts from the two locks,
Figure 2-5 (A).
Figure 2-5 Remove nuts from locks (left) and closeup of lock/nut (right).

A
A

9 Lift the belly door lock assemblies out of the subassembly, Figure 2-6 (A).
Figure 2-6 Lift locks out of subassembly.

10 Locate the two new door lock assemblies.


11 Place the two new door lock assemblies into the subassembly, Figure 2-7 (A).
Figure 2-7 Place new locks into subassembly.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
2-6 Replacing the Shipping Locks (All)
12 Turn the button panel deck latch subassembly over, and using a 7/8-inch deep well nut
driver, tighten the 7/8-inch nuts on the two locks, Figure 2-8 (A).
Figure 2-8 Tighten nuts on locks (left) and closeup of lock/nut (right).

A
A

13 Replace the two cams removed in step 6 on page 2-4, Figure 2-9 (A).
Figure 2-9 Place two cams on locks.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Replacing the Shipping Locks (All) 2-7
14 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, tighten the two 7/16-inch nuts, Figure 2-10 (A), securing the
two cams.
Figure 2-10 Tighten two nuts securing cams.

15 Position the button panel deck latch subassembly on the button panel deck.
16 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, tighten the three nuts, Figure 2-11 (A), securing the
button panel deck latch subassembly.
Figure 2-11 Tighten three nuts.

A A

17 Test the locks.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
2-8 Replacing the Shipping Locks (All)
18 Reinstall the lower button panel deck cover by using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver
to tighten the eight screws (four on the bottom and four on the top), Figure 2-12 (A),
removed in step 4 on page 2-3 securing the lower button panel deck cover to the button
panel deck.
Figure 2-12 Tighten screws securing lower button panel deck cover to button panel deck.

A A A A

A A A A

19 Confirm the power is ON.


20 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
21 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Main Door Complete the following steps to replace the main door lock:
Lock 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm that the power is OFF.
4 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, remove the 7/16-inch nut, Figure 2-13 (A).
Figure 2-13 Remove 7/16-inch nut.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Replacing the Shipping Locks (All) 2-9
5 Lift the lock tab (01-013431) off the cam and set it aside, Figure 2-14 (A).

NOTE
Be sure not to misplace or lose the lock tab.

Figure 2-14 Lift away lock tab.


A

6 Lift the cam off the lock mechanism and set it aside, Figure 2-15 (A).
Figure 2-15 Lift away cam.
A

7 Using a 7/8-inch deep well nut driver, remove the 7/8-inch nut, Figure 2-15 (B).
8 Remove the main door lock mechanism from the main door.
9 Locate the new main door lock mechanism.
10 Position the new main door lock mechanism on the main door.
11 Using a 7/8-inch deep well nut driver, tighten the 7/8-inch nut, Figure 2-16 (A).
Figure 2-16 Tighten nut and position cam.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
2 - 10 Replacing the Shipping Locks (All)
12 Reposition the cam removed in step 6 on page 2-9, Figure 2-17 (B).

NOTE
Be sure when reinstalling the lock tab that the tab side is facing down.

Figure 2-17 Position lock tab.


A

13 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, tighten the 7/16-inch nut, Figure 2-18 (A).
Figure 2-18 Tighten nut.

14 Test the lock.


15 Confirm the power is ON.
16 Lock and close the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
17 Lock and close the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Replacing the Shipping Locks (All) 2 - 11
Cashbox Complete the following steps to replace the cashbox door lock:
Door Lock 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm that the power is OFF.
4 Unlock and open the cashbox door, Figure 2-19. Reference Unlocking and Opening the
Cashbox Access Door on page 1-46 for more details.
Figure 2-19 Open cashbox door.

5 Using a #1 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the side screw securing the back bill
acceptor cover, Figure 2-20 (A), and lift the cover away, Figure 2-20 (B).
Figure 2-20 Lift off back cashbox cover (cashbox cover may appear differently).

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
2 - 12 Replacing the Shipping Locks (All)
6 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, remove the 7/16-inch nut, Figure 2-21 (A), securing the lock
assembly.
Figure 2-21 Remove nut securing lock assembly.

7 Lift the cam away from the lock assembly and set it aside, Figure 2-22.
Figure 2-22 Remove cam away from lock assembly.

8 Using a 7/8-inch deep well nut driver, remove the nut and lock mechanism, Figure 2-22 (A),
from the cashbox door.
9 Locate the new lock.
10 Position the new lock mechanism in the cashbox door.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Replacing the Shipping Locks (All) 2 - 13
11 Using a 7/8-inch deep well nut driver, tighten the nut on the lock mechanism,
Figure 2-23 (A).
Figure 2-23 Tighten nut on lock mechanism.

12 Reposition the cam that was removed, Figure 2-23.


13 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, tighten the 7/16-inch nut, Figure 2-24 (A), securing the lock
assembly.
Figure 2-24 Tighten nut securing lock assembly.

14 Test the lock.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
2 - 14 Replacing the Shipping Locks (All)
15 Position the back cashbox cover, Figure 2-25 (A), and using a #1 Phillips magnetic tip
screwdriver, tighten the side screw securing the cover, Figure 2-25 (B).
Figure 2-25 Lift cashbox cover back on (cashbox cover may appear differently).

16 Close the cashbox door, Figure 2-26. Reference Closing and Locking the Cashbox Access
Door on page 1-47 for more details.
Figure 2-26 Close cashbox door.

17 Confirm that the power is ON.


18 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
19 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

CPU Lock Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1441400: CPU-3.2X for details.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X) 2 - 15
Installation of The procedures in this section provide the information required to install the Control System,
Control System Figure 2-27 (A), including the backplane 2.0 and CPU-3.2X for the Blade s23 and Blade s32
(Backplane 2.0, game cabinets, and the backplane 2.0 and CPU-4.1.1X for the Gamescape.
CPU-3.2X or
CPU-4.1.1X)
NOTE
The information in this section pertains to both the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

The backplane 2.0 chassis, Figure 2-27 (B), houses the backplane 2.0 assembly containing the
printed circuit board (PCB), Figure 2-27 (C), which is located above the CPU-3.2X or
CPU-4.1.1X, Figure 2-27 (D).
Figure 2-27 Control System (top left), backplane 2.0 chassis (top right), backplane 2.0 assembly
containing PCB (bottom left), and CPU (bottom right).
A B

C D

CPU-3.2X Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1441400: CPU-3.2X for details.
CompactFlash OS Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1456703: CPU-4.1.1X_CPU-4.2.2X for details.
and Game Software
Slots

Installing the JUR Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1441400: CPU-3.2X for details.
SPI Assembly or Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1456703: CPU-4.1.1X_CPU-4.2.2X for details.
BIOS Firmware
Assembly
Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape
May 27, 2016
2 - 16 Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X)
Removing the Complete the following steps to remove the Control System from the cabinet.
Control System

NOTE
In this procedure the Control System is removed from the game for clarity.

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on


page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm that the power is OFF.
4 Remove the printer. Reference Removing and Reinstalling the Printer on page 3-71 for
more details.
5 Gently pull the bill acceptor out of the cabinet.
6 Remove the player tracking tray. Reference Removing the Player Tracking System Tray on
page 3-152 for more details.
7 If appropriate, remove the CPU. Reference Removing CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X from the
Backplane 2.0 Assembly Chassis on page 2-20.
8 Disconnect all of the connectors from the backplane 2.0 PCB.
9 Place your index finger in the notch located on the right side of the fan tray assembly,
Figure 2-28.
Figure 2-28 Notch location on the fan tray assembly (left) and close-up (right).

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X) 2 - 17
10 Carefully pull the fan tray assembly out of the fan housing, Figure 2-29.
Figure 2-29 Pull fan tray assembly out of fan housing.

11 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove the five nuts securing the backplane 2.0 assembly
chassis to the back of the cabinet, Figure 2-30 (A).
Figure 2-30 Remove five screws securing assembly chassis to back of cabinet.

A A

A
A

12 Rotate the backplane 2.0 assembly chassis and carefully lift out of the cabinet.
13 The Control System has now been removed from the cabinet.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
2 - 18 Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X)
Installing the Complete the following steps to install the Control System into the cabinet.
Control System

NOTE
In this procedure the Control System is removed from the game for clarity.

1 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the five nuts securing the backplane 2.0 assembly
chassis to the back of the cabinet, Figure 2-31 (A).
Figure 2-31 Tighten five nuts securing assembly chassis to back of cabinet.

A A

A
A

2 Connect all of the connectors to the backplane 2.0 PCB.


3 Carefully push the fan tray assembly into the fan housing, Figure 2-32.
Figure 2-32 Push fan tray assembly into fan housing.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X) 2 - 19
4 Make sure the fan tray assembly is seated correctly in the fan housing, Figure 2-33.
Figure 2-33 Make sure fan tray assembly is seated correctly in housing.

5 Carefully position the backplane 2.0 assembly chassis on the back of the cabinet.
6 If appropriate, install the CPU. Reference Installing CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X onto the
Backplane 2.0 Assembly Chassis on page 2-21 for more details.
7 Install the player tracking tray. Reference Installing the Player Tracking System Tray on
page 3-155 for more details
8 Reinstall the bill acceptor.
9 Install the printer. Reference Removing and Reinstalling the Printer on page 3-71 for more
details.
10 Confirm that the power is ON.
11 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
12 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.
13 The Control System is now installed.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
2 - 20 Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X)
Removing CPU-3.2X Complete the following steps to remove CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X from the backplane 2.0
or CPU-4.1.1X from assembly chassis.
the Backplane 2.0
Assembly Chassis
NOTE
In this procedure the backplane 2.0 assembly is removed from the game for clarity.

1 Unlock and open CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X.


2 Lift the pull pin on the top of the CPU enclosure up, Figure 2-34 (A), and pull the release
arm forward, Figure 2-34 (B).
Figure 2-34 Lift up pull pin and pull release arm forward.

B A

3 Gently remove CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X from the backplane 2.0 assembly chassis and
place on a flat, non-abrasive surface.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X) 2 - 21
Installing CPU-3.2X Complete the following steps to install CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X onto the backplane 2.0
or CPU-4.1.1X onto assembly chassis.
the Backplane 2.0 1 Locate CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X.
Assembly Chassis
2 Confirm that the release arm is pulled forward and the pull pin is in the up position before
installing CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X, Figure 2-35.
Figure 2-35 Confirm release arm is pulled forward and pull pin is in up position.

3 Slide CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X into the CPU slot and line up with the four connections on
the bottom of the backplane 2.0 assembly chassis, Figure 2-36 (A).
Figure 2-36 Four connections on the bottom of the backplane 2.0 assembly chassis
(CPU removed for clarity).

A A A A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
2 - 22 Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X)
4 On the top of CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X, ensure the pull pin clicks into the mechanical hook,
Figure 2-37 (A), to lock the enclosure into the connections on the bottom of the
backplane 2.0 assembly chassis.

CAUTION
This step is critical to the proper function of the CPU. If the CPU is not fully seated, the
game will fail to power ON.

Figure 2-37 Pull pin must click into mechanical hook on CPU.

5 Close the logic door, Figure 2-38 (A), and turn CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X enclosure lock
clockwise, Figure 2-38 (B), to lock the logic door.
Figure 2-38 Lock logic door.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Connecting to Power Supply (All) 2 - 23
Connecting The power supply, Figure 2-39 (A), is a single unit located at the bottom left of the Blade s23,
to Power Supply Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinet interiors, below the printer. It is connected to a
(All) power source with an AC line cord, Figure 2-39 (B).

NOTE
The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Figure 2-39 Power supply location.

Connecting to a Complete the following steps to connect the cabinet to an approved power source.
Power Source
WARNING
Plugging the game into an improper line voltage source may create a fire and/or electrical
shock hazards. An improper line voltage or frequency can also cause game damage or
malfunctions.

CAUTION
The power strip is the means of disconnection, and should be installed near the
equipment and be easily accessible.

1 See Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All) on page 1-3 for a full
set of guidelines for choosing an outlet and connecting to the AC power source.
2 Verify that the line voltage at the outlet is either 120 VAC or 220-240 VAC, per the rating of
the specific game.
3 Use an outlet tester to check for properly implemented ground, hot, and neutral outlet
wiring. Only use a grounded AC outlet. The gaming device has a line frequency of 50 to 60
Hz. If the outlet meets these requirements, proceed to the next step.
4 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
5 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
6 Confirm that the power is OFF.
Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape
May 27, 2016
2 - 24 Connecting to Power Supply (All)
7 Unlock, open, and remove the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the
Drop Door on page 1-44 for more details.
8 Carefully lift the power supply cover up, and lift the two tabs out of the slots located on the
side of the cabinet, Figure 2-40 (A).
Figure 2-40 Lift power supply cover tabs out of slots.

9 Connect the female end of the AC line cord into the power supply outlet, Figure 2-41 (A).
Figure 2-41 AC line connections.

10 Route the male end of the AC line cord out through the bottom of the game,
Figure 2-41 (B).

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Connecting to Power Supply (All) 2 - 25
11 Carefully engage the two tabs on the power supply cover with the corresponding slots
located on the side of the cabinet, Figure 2-42 (A).
Figure 2-42 Engage power supply cover tabs with slots.

12 Connect the male end of the AC line cord to the tested outlet. See Electrical Environmental/
Safety Details and Requirements on page 1-4 for details on safely and correctly connecting
the AC line cord.

Disconnecting from Complete the following steps to disconnect the cabinet from an approved power source.
a Power Source
CAUTION
The power strip is the means of disconnection, and should be installed near the
equipment and be easily accessible.

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm that the power is OFF.
4 Unlock, open, and remove the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the
Drop Door on page 1-44 for more details.
5 Disconnect the male end of the AC line cord from the tested outlet. See Electrical
Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements on page 1-4 for details on safely and
correctly disconnecting the AC line cord.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
2 - 26 Connecting to Power Supply (All)
6 Carefully lift the power supply cover up and then lift the two tabs out of the slots located on
the side of the cabinet, Figure 2-43 (A).
Figure 2-43 Lift power supply cover tabs out of slots.

7 Route the male end of the AC line cord up through the bottom of the game,
Figure 2-44 (A).
Figure 2-44 Cable access hole for routing AC line cord (left) and closeup (right).

8 Disconnect the female end of the AC line cord from the power supply outlet,
Figure 2-44 (B).

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Connecting to Power Supply (All) 2 - 27
9 Carefully engage the two tabs on the power supply cover with the slots located on the side
of the cabinet, Figure 2-45 (A).
Figure 2-45 Engage power supply cover tabs with slots.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
2 - 28 Connecting to Power Supply in MAST (Gamescape)
Verifying WMS The audio system is connected and ready to use upon delivery. Verify the WMS audio amplifier
Audio Amplifier assembly connections, Figure 2-46 and Table 2-1.
Connections
Figure 2-46 Audio amplifier connections.

C B
A

Table 2-1 Audio amplifier connections.


Connection Location
Power cable Figure 2-46 (A)
SPDIF cable Figure 2-46 (B)
Speaker cable Figure 2-46 (C)

Connecting to For more information on connecting to the Power Supply in the Gamescape Mast, reference
Power Supply DOC-0001162 Gamescape Mast Wiring Guide and DOC-0001086 Gamescape Wiring Diagram.
in MAST
(Gamescape)

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All) 2 - 29
Confirming The backplane 2.0 includes eleven (11) jumpers, that determine the game communication
Backplane interface with various components. If a feature is not used by the game, then jumper settings
Jumper Settings have no effect on game functionality. See Backplane 2.0 Connectors on page 1-15 for
(All) information on accessing the backplane 2.0.

NOTE
The information in this section pertains to both the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Bill Acceptor Three jumpers (JP1, JP2 and JP3), Figure 2-47 (A), on the backplane board control the bill
Jumpers acceptor interface used by the game.
When JCM, Ardac, or Cashcode bill acceptors are used, the jumper settings should be as shown
from left to right in Figure 2-47:
Figure 2-47 Bill acceptor jumper settings for JCM, Ardac, and Cashcode.

When Mars bill acceptors are used, the jumper settings should be as shown from left to right in
Figure 2-48:
Figure 2-48 Mars bill acceptor jumper settings.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
2 - 30 Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All)
Progressive Port Backplane 2.0 progressive port connectors are listed in Figure 2-49 and Table 2-2, with
Jumpers location on the backplane shown on Figure 2-50 (A).
Figure 2-49 Progressive jumpers.

Table 2-2 Progressive jumpers.


Option JP4 JP5
RS-232 Position 2/3 n/A
RS-485 Half Duplex Position 1/2 Position 1/2
RS-485 Full Duplex Position 1/2 Position 2/3

Figure 2-50 Progressive port jumper location on backplane 2.0 PCB.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All) 2 - 31
Door Switch Door Switch jumpers are listed in Figure 2-51, with location on the backplane shown on
Jumpers Figure 2-52 (A).
Figure 2-51 Door switch jumpers.

Figure 2-52 Door switch jumper location on backplane 2.0 PCB.

To switch to bypassed status, move the appropriate jumper to Down (position 2/3).
To switch to not bypass status, move the appropriate jumper to Up (position 1/2).
The only doors which have this feature are:
 Aux logic (JP12)
 Top box (JP13)
 Drop (JP14)

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
2 - 32 Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All)
HOST 1 Two jumpers control the HOST 1 communications interface. The two options are RS-232 and
Jumpers RS-485, Table 2-3, with location on the backplane shown on Figure 2-53 (A).
A 6-inch DB cable (1445458) can be used to daisy chain the RS-485 if needed.
Table 2-3 HOST 1 jumpers.
Interface JP9 JP10
RS-232 Position 1/2 Position 1/2
RS-485 Position 2/3 Position 2/3

Figure 2-53 HOST 1 jumper location on backplane 2.0 PCB.

A B

Emulating Hard In order to emulate hard meters on the backplane 2.0, move JP11 from its default position,
Meters Figure 2-54, with location on the backplane shown on Figure 2-53 (B). This clicks the hard
meters (1/2) to the other positions, which then emulates the hard meters, but does not click
them (2/3).
Figure 2-54 Emulate hard meters.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All) 2 - 33
Color Backplane 2.0 color connectors are listed in Table 2-4 and Figure 2-55.
Connectors
Table 2-4 Color connectors.
Color Pin Location
Orange J58 6xp, Figure 2-55 (A)
Brown J62 Aux Logic, Figure 2-55 (B)
Yellow J45 Accessory top, Figure 2-55 (C)
Purple J63 Stacker, Figure 2-55 (D)
Red J61 Bill door, Figure 2-55 (E)
Black J69 Drop door, Figure 2-55 (F)
Blue J48 Belly door, Figure 2-55 (G)
Green J64 Main door, Figure 2-55 (H)
Orange J11 Printer, Figure 2-55 (I)
Red J28 Bill acceptor, Figure 2-55 (J)

Figure 2-55 Color connector locations on backplane 2.0 PCB.

A B C D E F G H

I J

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
2 - 34 Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All)
LED Reference Reference Table 2-5 for information on LED indicators.
Table 2-5 LED indicators.
LED Indicates Status
D22 +24V  Powered = GREEN
 Not Powered = OFF
D24 +12V  Powered = GREEN
 Not Powered = OFF
D15 +5V  Powered = GREEN
 Not Powered = OFF
D16 +3V3  Powered = GREEN
 Not Powered = OFF
D20 +5 (isolated)  Powered = GREEN
 Not Powered = OFF
D73 PVM Fan Fail  PVM Fans Operating Properly = OFF
 PVM Fan has Failed = RED
D75 CPU I/O Lock  CPU Operating Normally = OFF
 CPU I/O Locked Out = RED
D74 CPU Not Seated  Power to backplane and CPU Installed Properly = OFF
 Power to backplane and CPU Not Installed at all or
Properly/Completely = RED
D4 HOST COMM1 Transmit  Transmitting Data = Blinking GREEN
 Not Transmitting Data = OFF
D3 HOST COMM2 Transmit  Transmitting Data = Blinking GREEN
 Not Transmitting Data = OFF
D2 HOST COMM1 Receive  Receiving Data = Blinking GREEN
 Not Receiving Data = OFF
D14 HOST COMM2 Receive  Receiving Data = Blinking GREEN
 Not Receiving Data = OFF

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All) 2 - 35
Power Indicator Located above the LCD connector hub are some of the power indicator lights, Figure 2-56 (A).
LEDs To the right are four more power indicator lights, Figure 2-56 (B). The main light is CPU Not
Seated, Figure 2-56 (C). If the CPU is not fully seated, this light displays as RED.
Figure 2-56 Power indicator LEDs on backplane 2.0 PCB.

A
B

Located on the upper left side of the backplane board is the 5v isolated indicator light,
Figure 2-57 (A).
Figure 2-57 Power indicator LEDs on backplane 2.0 PCB.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
2 - 36 Calibrating the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel (Blade s32 and Gamescape)
Host Comm LEDs The transmit LEDs are located on the left side next to port J26, Figure 2-58 (A).
Figure 2-58 Host com LEDs on backplane 2.0 PCB.

The receive LEDs are located above the player tracking port J47, Figure 2-58 (B).

Calibrating the This section contains steps for calibrating the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel.
Tablet 2.0 Complete the following steps to calibrate the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel.
Button Panel
(Blade s32 and 1 Turn the Attendant Key switch clockwise.
Gamescape) 2 From the Administration Menu, select Setup | Touch Screen Setup.
3 Touch Calibrate Touch Panel.
4 Touch the + (cross) symbol in the lower left-hand corner.
5 Touch the + (cross) symbol in the upper right-hand corner.
6 The Tablet 2.0 Button Panel is now calibrated.
7 Turn the Attendant Key switch to exit and return to the Administration Menu.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Daisy Chain Emotive Lighting Controllers (All) 2 - 37
Daisy Chain If Blade s23, Blade s32, or Gamescape game cabinets are being installed as part of a group of
Emotive games (at least two), then each emotive lighting controller assembly in the group may be
Lighting connected in a daisy chain with a green CAT5e cable provided by Scientific Games. The
Controllers emotive lighting controller is mounted on the left wall of the cabinet, Figure 2-59 (A).
(All)
NOTE
The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Figure 2-59 Emotive lighting controller (drop door removed for clarity).

Complete the following steps to daisy chain the emotive lighting controllers between games.

NOTE
These instructions begin with the cabinet in the bank farthest to the left.

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Unlock, open, and remove the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the
Drop Door on page 1-44 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
2 - 38 Daisy Chain Emotive Lighting Controllers (All)
4 Connect a green CAT5e cable to any either ELSYNC port on the emotive lighting controller,
Figure 2-60 (A).
Figure 2-60 Emotive lighting controller.

A A

5 Route the green CAT5e cable down the cabinet and down the left cabinet cable access
hole.
6 Feed the green CAT5e cable into the left cabinet hole of the next cabinet.
7 Connect the green CAT5e cable to either ELSYNC port on the emotive lighting controller.
8 Repeat step 1 through step 7 for all additional cabinets in the bank.
9 Install, close, and lock the drop door. Reference Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop
Door on page 1-45.
10 Confirm that the power is ON.
11 Close and lock the main door on all cabinets in the bank. Reference Closing and Locking
the Main Door on page 1-42 for more details.
12 Close and lock the belly door on all cabinets in the bank. Reference Closing and Locking
the Belly Door - Blade s23 and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Game Startup Sequence (All) 2 - 39
Game Startup This section describes the sequence for starting the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape
Sequence game cabinets, enabling the installation of software, and configuration for game play.
(All)
NOTE
The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Installing Player Ensure that the player tracking system faceplates and components are installed. See
Tracking System Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.
Faceplates and For details on designing player tracking system hardware for the Blade s23 and Blade s32 game
Components (if cabinets, see Player Tracking System Mounting Bracket Overview on page 1-68 for faceplate
necessary) specifications and Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements on page 1-4 for
available player tracking connector pinouts.

Performing a RAM Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1441400: CPU-3.2X for details.
Clear Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1456703: CPU-4.1.1X_CPU-4.2.2X for details.

Installing Game, OS Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1441400: CPU-3.2X for details.
CompactFlash Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1456703: CPU-4.1.1X_CPU-4.2.2X for details.
Cards, and
BIOS/Jurisdictional
Chip

Installing and For steps on installing and configuring the operating system, including device setup, see Service
Configuring the OS Manual and User Guide 16-020832: CPU-NXT, CPU-NXT2, CPU-NXT3 Operating System.
Reference Service Manual User Guide 1441400: CPU-3.2X, and Service Manual User Guide
1456703: CPU-4.1.1X_CPU-4.2.2X for details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
2 - 40 Game Startup Sequence (All)

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
3
Cabinet
Maintenance

Overview This chapter provides basic information about maintaining the Blade s23, Blade s32, and
Gamescape game cabinets, including the division of maintenance responsibilities and a
preventive maintenance checklist.

Table of In this chapter:


Contents Overview ........................................................................................................................... 3-1
Table of Contents ............................................................................................................. 3-1
Preparing for Maintenance (All) ...................................................................................... 3-3
Tools Required for Installation ..................................................................................... 3-3
ESD Prevention ........................................................................................................... 3-3
Accessing the Inside of the Game ............................................................................... 3-3
Maintenance Responsibilities (All) ................................................................................. 3-4
Definitions of Roles for Personnel that Repair, Maintain, and Patronize the Gaming
Machine.............................................................................................................................. 3-4
ESD Prevention (All) ........................................................................................................ 3-5
Ladder Safety (All)............................................................................................................ 3-5
Accessing Inside of Game (All)....................................................................................... 3-5
Game Cleaning (All) ......................................................................................................... 3-6
Cleaning Game Cabinet............................................................................................... 3-6
Cleaning LCDs............................................................................................................. 3-6
Cleaning Bill Acceptor.................................................................................................. 3-6
Cleaning Printer ........................................................................................................... 3-6
CPU Maintenance........................................................................................................ 3-6
Preventative Maintenance Checklist (All) ...................................................................... 3-7
Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23
and Blade s32)............................................................................................................................ 3-8
Dual LCD Bezel Assembly........................................................................................... 3-8
Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly...............................................................................................3-8
Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly...............................................................................................3-10
Secondary LCD.......................................................................................................... 3-12
Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s23 .................................................................................3-12
Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23........................................................................................3-14
Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s32 .................................................................................3-17
Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s32........................................................................................3-19
Main LCD ................................................................................................................... 3-21
Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s23...........................................................................................3-21
Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s23 .................................................................................................3-23
Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s32...........................................................................................3-26
Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s32 .................................................................................................3-27
Triptych LCD Maintenance (Gamescape) .................................................................... 3-30
Triptych LCD .............................................................................................................. 3-30
Button Panel Maintenance ............................................................................................ 3-30
OLED Button Panel (Blade s23) ................................................................................ 3-30
Removing the OLED Button Panel Assembly .......................................................................................3-30
Installing the OLED Button Panel Assembly .........................................................................................3-32
Replacing the OLED Button Panel Buttons and Lenses .......................................................................3-34
Tablet 2.0 Button Panel (Blade s32 and Gamescape)............................................... 3-36
Removing the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel Assembly.................................................................................3-36
Installing a Tablet 2.0 Button Panel Assembly......................................................................................3-38
Replacing the Buttons and Artwork on a Tablet 2.0 Button Panel ........................................................3-40
Removing a Replacement Button Lens (Tablet 2.0 Only).....................................................................3-40
Installing a Replacement Button Lens (Tablet 2.0 Only).......................................................................3-41
Leap Motion Assembly Maintenance (Gamescape) .................................................... 3-41
Emotive Lighting Maintenance ..................................................................................... 3-42
Replacing the Emotive Controller Board (All) ............................................................ 3-42
Replacing the Top Emotive Lighting Board (Blade s23) ............................................ 3-44
Replacing the Left and Right Top Emotive Light Boards (Blade s23)........................ 3-47
Replacing the Belly Door Emotive Lighting Boards (All) ............................................ 3-56
Replacing the Drop Door Emotive Lighting Board (All).............................................. 3-65
REPLACING ALL EMOTIVE LIGHTING BOARDS IN GAMESCAPE............................ 3-68
Top Box Controller Board (Gamescape) ...................................................................... 3-68
Printer Maintenance (All) ............................................................................................... 3-69
Removing and Reinstalling the Printer....................................................................... 3-69
Replacing the Printer Bezel When Damaged ............................................................ 3-70
Bill Acceptor Maintenance (All) .................................................................................... 3-71
Replacing the Bill Acceptor Head .............................................................................. 3-71

Service Manual & User Guide: Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape
1445543 - May 27, 2016
TecDoc14A - Beta1
3-2 Table of Contents
Replacing the Bill Acceptor Bezel When Damaged ................................................... 3-72
Hard Meter Maintenance (All)........................................................................................ 3-75
Replacing the Hard Meters (if applicable).................................................................. 3-75
Subwoofer Maintenance (All) ........................................................................................ 3-77
Replacing the Subwoofer........................................................................................... 3-77
Audio Amplifier Assembly (All)..................................................................................... 3-79
Replacing the Audio Amplifier Assembly ................................................................... 3-79
Power Supply Maintenance (All)................................................................................... 3-83
Replacing the Power Supply...................................................................................... 3-83
Switched or Unswitched Fuses (All) ............................................................................ 3-88
Replacing the Switched or Unswitched Fuses........................................................... 3-88
Fan and Blower Assemblies.......................................................................................... 3-90
Replacing the Accessory Top Fan Assemblies (Blade s23 and Blade s32) .............. 3-90
Replacing the Box Fan Assembly (Blade s32)........................................................... 3-93
Replacing the Mast Fan Assembly (Gamescape)...................................................... 3-96
Replacing the CPU Fan Tray Assembly (All) ........................................................... 3-100
Replacing the Bottom Blower Assembly (All)........................................................... 3-101
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance ..................................................................... 3-104
Replacing the Tower Light ....................................................................................... 3-104
Replacing the Tower Light in a Blade 23............................................................................................ 3-104
Replacing the Tower Light in a Blade s32 .......................................................................................... 3-112
Installing the Tower Light (Gamescape) .................................................................. 3-117
Removing the Marquee............................................................................................ 3-117
Removing the Marquee from a Blade s23 .......................................................................................... 3-117
Removing the Marquee from a Blade s32 .......................................................................................... 3-119
Replacing/Installing the Tower Light in a Marquee (Blade s23 and Blade 32) ........ 3-121
Installing the Marquee.............................................................................................. 3-129
Installing the Marquee on a Blade s23 ............................................................................................... 3-129
Blade s32............................................................................................................................................ 3-132
Replacing Artwork in the Marquee (Blade s23 and Blade s32) ............................... 3-135
Replacing the Marquee Light Boards (Blade s23 and Blade s32) ........................... 3-137
Replacing the Marquee Lenses (Blade s23 and Blade s32).................................... 3-140
Replacing the Marquee Emotive Light Boards (Blade s 23 and Blade s32) ............ 3-141
Installing the Foot Rest (All)........................................................................................ 3-146
Removing the Foot Rest .......................................................................................... 3-146
Installing the Foot Rest ............................................................................................ 3-147
Cashbox (All) ................................................................................................................ 3-148
Removing the Cashbox............................................................................................ 3-148
Installing the Cashbox.............................................................................................. 3-149
Player Tracking System Tray (All) .............................................................................. 3-150
Removing the Player Tracking System Tray............................................................ 3-150
Installing the Player Tracking System Tray.............................................................. 3-153
Removing and Installing the Side Panels .................................................................. 3-156
Blade s23 ................................................................................................................. 3-156
Blade s32 ................................................................................................................. 3-160

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Preparing for Maintenance (All) 3-3
Preparing for This section provides instructions for preparing for the maintenance of the Blade s23,
Maintenance Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.
(All)
NOTE
Before installing the game, inspect for any defects or damage.

Tools Required for The following tools are required to perform the procedures in this chapter:
Installation
 ESD wrist strap  11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver

 ladder  7/8-inch nut driver

 #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver  3/8-inch nut driver

 #2 Phillips screwdriver  ratchet with a 1/4-inch socket

 #1 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver  diagonal cutters

 #1 Phillips screwdriver  wooden lens pry tool (orange stick)

 zip ties

ESD Prevention Depending on the procedure, measures must be taken to prevent electrical shock and/or
electrostatic discharge (ESD) when servicing the game.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Accessing the See Cabinet Doors on page 1-32 for information on accessing the inside of the cabinet.
Inside of the Game

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3-4 Maintenance Responsibilities (All)

Maintenance Scientific Games games function optimally with periodic maintenance. The tasks in this section
Responsibilities are performed by personnel that fit into three categories, Table 3-1:
(All)  Drop crew
 Attendants
 Technicians

Table 3-1 Division of maintenance responsibilities.


Tasks Drop Crew Attendants Technicians
Removing the bill acceptor X
Cleaning game exterior X X
Installing paper into printer X X
Reading meters X
Maintaining bill acceptor components X

Definitions of Roles In order to prevent injury and protect game components from damage, each component on the
for Personnel that inside of the game may only be accessed/handled by personnel with specific clearance and
Repair, Maintain, training. Before accessing the game and its components, ensure that you adhere to the job
and Patronize the role definitions listed in Table 3-2.
Gaming Machine
NOTE
If there is any confusion regarding job roles, contact the 24/7 Product Support Group at
1-866-967-4457 for guidance.

Table 3-2 Definitions of roles for personnel that repair, maintain, and patronize gaming machine
Point of Access to
Job Role Job Role Definitions/Qualifications Inside of Cabinet
User The player or participant of the amusement or gaming machine. None.
Drop crew Responsible for emptying game bill acceptor.  Belly door (using key)
 Bill jam service door
Attendants  Perform all non-technical maintenance associated with game,  Main door (using key)
(non-technical including filling printer paper.
maintenance)
 Assist players with games and payouts.
 Perform routine maintenance such as the setting of controls and other
minor adjustments.
 Make routine operating adjustments including, but not limited to,
cleaning the machine.
Service  Perform all mechanical and electrical maintenance associated with  Main door (using key)
technicians game.
(technical
maintenance)  An authorized person who may periodically enter game to repair or
maintain electrical or mechanical components.
 Responsible for overhauling, troubleshooting, and repairing
equipment.
 Responsible for installations and conversions.
 The installation of accessories or conversion kits by means of
attachment plugs and receptacles or other separate connectors.
 The replacement of tapes, discs, or program boards.
 Replacement of lamps and fuses and resetting of circuit breakers
located in a user-access area unless the lamps, fuses, or circuit
breakers are marked to indicate replacement or resetting only by
service personnel.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
ESD Prevention (All) 3-5
ESD Prevention Depending on the procedure, measures must be taken to prevent electrical shock and/or
(All) electrostatic discharge (ESD) when servicing the game.

NOTE
The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Ladder Safety Observe the following guidelines when using a ladder:


(All)  Read and follow all instructions from the ladder manufacturer, including labels and markings
on the ladder.
 Avoid electrical hazards. Do not place a ladder on cables or near electrical outlets.
 Always inspect the ladder prior to using it. If the ladder is damaged, it must be removed from
service and tagged until repaired or discarded.
 Do not use a self-supporting ladder (for example, a step ladder) as a single ladder or in a
partially closed position.
 Do not use the top step or rung of a ladder as a step or rung unless it was designed for that
purpose.
 Always maintain a three-point (two hands and a foot, or two feet and a hand) contact on the
ladder when climbing. Keep your body near the middle of the step and always face the ladder
when climbing.
 Only use ladders and appropriate accessories (ladder levelers, jacks, or hooks) within design
specifications and for intended purposes.
 Ladders must be free of any slippery material on the rungs, steps, or feet.
 Use a ladder only on a stable and level surface.
 Do not place a ladder on boxes, barrels, or other unstable bases to obtain additional height.
 Do not move or shift a ladder while a person or equipment is on the ladder.
 A ladder placed in any location where it can be displaced by other work activities must be
secure to prevent displacement, or a barricade must be erected to keep traffic away from the
ladder.
 Be sure that all locks on an extension ladder are properly engaged.

Do not exceed the maximum load rating of a ladder. Be aware of the ladder load rating and of the
weight it is supporting, including the weight of any tools or equipment.

Accessing See Cabinet Doors on page 1-32 for information on gaining access to the inside of the
Inside of Game Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.
(All)

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3-6 Game Cleaning (All)

Game Cleaning Cleaning the game exterior should be performed every day and the peripherals should be
(All) inspected and maintained at increments listed by the manufacturer. See the Vendor Materials
section of this manual for the appropriate manufacturer’s documentation for details concerning
each component. This section provides only basic cleaning information.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

CAUTION
This game must not be cleaned by a water jet and is not suitable for installation in an area where a water
jet is used.

Cleaning Game Use a small vacuum cleaner to clean hard-to-reach and narrow places in the cabinet. Then,
Cabinet use a non-ammonia, non-alcohol cleaning solution to clean the game exterior. Never spray the
solution directly onto the game. Instead, spray a soft, lint-free cloth and wipe the game exterior.

Cleaning LCDs A 50/50 mixture of distilled water and isopropyl alcohol is acceptable to use on the LCD. Never
spray liquid directly onto the LCD. Spray liquid onto a non-abrasive, soft cotton cloth and wipe
the LCD. Never use materials such as paper towels, which can cause scratches and damage
the LCD.

CAUTION
The following cleaners should NOT be used on the LCD as they can cause damage to the
touch screen:

 Acetone  Ethyl acid  Methyl chloride

 Ethyl alcohol  Ammonia

Cleaning Bill The bill acceptor should be cleaned with a lint-free cloth or cotton swab lightly moistened in a
Acceptor mild detergent to clean the optical sensor lenses and magnetic heads.

Cleaning Printer Use a soft brush or a lint-free cloth lightly moistened in a mild detergent to clean the ticket path.

CPU Maintenance Power the EGM OFF and remove the CPU from the EGM to an ESD-protected area.
Using a soft, lint-free, static-free cloth, clean the CPU enclosure vents from the interior and
exterior to remove accumulated dust and debris. Use caution to thoroughly remove all dust and
keep it from falling onto the CPU PCB.
Inspect the CPU PCB. If any dust is visible, DO NOT TOUCH or WIPE THE PCB OR ANY
COMPONENTS. Instead, use compressed air in short bursts to dislodge any dust.
Wipe the CPU fan blades with a soft, lint-free, static-free cloth to clear all dirt.

NOTE
If removal of the CPU from the EGM is not possible, then carefully vacuum the CPU enclosure vents
using a soft brush attachment. Use caution to avoid blowing dust into the CPU enclosure.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Preventative Maintenance Checklist (All) 3-7
Preventative Scientific Games recommends that casino personnel create a preventative maintenance
Maintenance schedule using the Game Information Table, Table 3-3, and Preventative Maintenance
Checklist Checklist, Table 3-4. Scientific Games recommends that preventative maintenance procedures
(All) be performed at least once a quarter, unless otherwise stated in the checklist.
Table 3-3 Game information table.
Date: Bill Acceptor Version:
Service Technician: Printer Version:
Theme: House Number:
Serial Number: Program Number:
Game Version: Denom/Max Bet:
OS Version: Start Time:
End Time:

Table 3-4 Preventive Maintenance Checklist.


Component Recommended Maintenance Procedure Complete
General Appearance
Possible Symptoms: Inspect/clean all parts of game
Abnormal wear and tear Inspect for loose hardware
Confirm that lights are not burned out
Check for broken glass
Check for Location and House Number (if applicable)
Check for Gaming Tag (if applicable)
Wipe down glass
Bill Acceptor
Possible Symptoms: Clean bill acceptor head and bill path
Excessive bill rejections Check bill acceptor EPROM version
Inspect/adjust transport belts and rollers
Run bill and ticket test (if applicable) - verify credits/denomination
Check harnesses and clearances
Calibrate bill acceptor head
Button Panel
Possible Symptoms: Confirm there are no broken lenses
Abnormal wear and tear Check for sticky buttons
Confirm buttons work in diagnostics
Confirm connections on the panel, backplane, and CPU are secure
Confirm LCDs on Button Panel are working
CPU Assembly
Possible Symptoms: Check CPU enclosure vents for dust and debris. If visible, see CPU
Abnormal wear and tear Maintenance on page 3-6.
Confirm that fans are functioning
Check for gaming tape (if applicable)
Fan Tray Assembly (for
CPU-3.2X and CPU-3.2X-L only)
Possible Symptoms: Pull the fan tray assembly forward and inspect the fans. If dirt is visible,
Visible dust and debris use a soft, lint-free, static-free cloth to clean the fan blades.
Lamps and Switches
Possible Symptoms: Perform input tests
Lighting does not work correctly Check all button panel switches
Clean/replace sticking buttons
LCDs
Possible Symptoms: Clean, check for scratches, and adjust horizontal and vertical brightness
Dirty transmissive, only a part is lit Align/calibrate touch screen
Machine Entry Log
Check for repetitive problems
Last RAM clear (date)
RAM clear reason
Printers
Possible Symptoms: Run ticket test; calibrate if needed
Dust; cannot print test ticket Confirm that tables are not loose or frayed
Confirm placement of TITO sticker (when applicable)
Sound Perform sound test to verify speakers

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3-8 Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)

Dual LCD Bezel This section contains procedures for removing and installing the dual LCD bezel assembly, and
Assembly, the secondary and main LCDs, in order to perform maintenance on the Blade s23 and Blade s32
Secondary LCD, game cabinets.
and Main LCD
Maintenance
(Blade s23 and NOTE
Blade s32) The information in this section pertains to both the Blade s23 and the Blade s32.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

CAUTION
Always confirm that the LCDs are properly seated during installation. If the main monitor is
blacked out and the secondary monitor displays the main monitor information, check that
both monitors are properly connected.

Dual LCD Bezel The dual LCD bezel assembly must be removed in order to access the secondary and main
Assembly LCDs.

Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly


Complete the following steps to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly.

NOTE
 The information in this section pertains to both the Blade s23 and the Blade s32.
 Images used in this procedure are from the Blade s23.

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on


page 1-33 for more details.
2 From the left channel, pull the slide bracket latch forward, Figure 3-1 (A).
Figure 3-1 Pull slide bracket latch forward to release dual LCD bezel assembly (Blade s23 shown).

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 3-9
When the slide bracket latch is pulled forward, the bezel latch slide bar,
Figure 3-2 (A), located on the accessory top, slides to the left. A click signifies the two PEM
screws located on the back of the bezel, Figure 3-2 (B), are released.
Figure 3-2 Bezel latch slide bar releases two PEM screws on back of bezel (Blade s23 shown).

3 Place your palm against the logo on the front of the dual LCD bezel assembly, Figure 3-3,
push until you hear a click, and then pull the assembly towards you.
Figure 3-3 Push on logo on front of dual LCD bezel assembly (Blade s23 shown).

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 10 Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)
4 Lift the dual LCD bezel assembly away from the accessory top, Figure 3-4, and set it aside
in a safe place.

Figure 3-4 Lift dual LCD bezel assembly away from accessory top
(Blade s23 shown).

Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly


Complete the following steps to install the dual LCD bezel assembly in the Blade s23 and
Blade s32 cabinets.

NOTE
 The information in this section pertains to both the Blade s23 and the Blade s32.
 Images used in this procedure are from the Blade s23.

1 Locate the dual LCD bezel assembly.


2 Align the right and left alignment stake brackets, Figure 3-5 (A), on the back of the bezel
with the corresponding slots located on the left and right swoop wing caps,
Figure 3-5 (B), located on the front of the accessory top.
Figure 3-5 Align both alignment stake brackets with the corresponding wing cap slots (Blade s23 shown).

A
A

B B

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 3 - 11
3 Carefully push in on the logo, Figure 3-6 (A), until the bezel latch slide bar on the top of the
accessory top, Figure 3-6 (B), locks onto the two PEM screws located on the back of the
bezel, Figure 3-6 (C).
Figure 3-6 Bezel latch slide bar locks onto two PEM screws on back of bezel (Blade s23 shown).

4 Pull the dual LCD bezel assembly forward to confirm the latches have engaged.
5 The dual LCD bezel assembly is now secured to the accessory top.
6 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 12 Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)
Secondary Steps for removing and installing the secondary LCD from the Blade s23 and Blade s32 cabinets
LCD are as follows.

Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s23


Complete the following steps to remove the secondary LCD from the Blade s23 cabinet.

NOTE
The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain
access to and remove the secondary LCD and the main LCD. See Overview of Switches
on page 1-52 for information on the switch for each Blade s23 door (as well as all other
switches).

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on


page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-8 for more details.
5 Holding the secondary LCD on the top and bottom, Figure 3-7 (A), lift up, and pull slightly
forward until the four pins, Figure 3-7 (B), are released from the corresponding slots located
on the left and right upper side hinges, Figure 3-7 (C).
Figure 3-7 Lift secondary LCD (top left) and releasing secondary LCD pins (top right) from corresponding
slots (bottom).
A

B B

B B

C C

C C

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 3 - 13
6 Turn the secondary LCD over, and carefully lay it down vertically in the service position on
the middle support in the accessory top, Figure 3-8 (A), making sure the LCD bracket tab,
Figure 3-8 (A), is positioned under the lip on the back enclosure, Figure 3-8 (B), holding the
LCD in place, and that the cables are not pinched.
Figure 3-8 LCD laying vertically in service position in accessory top (left) and closeup of LCD bracket tab
positioned under back enclosure lip (right).
A

C
B

7 Disconnect the displayport, Figure 3-9 (A), and power, Figure 3-9 (B), cables.
Figure 3-9 Disconnect displayport and power cables.

C C

8 Lift the secondary LCD away from the cabinet and set it aside in a safe place.

NOTE
If the secondary LCD is being replaced, the two brackets secured to the back of the LCD
must be removed by using an 11/32-inch nut driver to remove the three nuts securing each
bracket, Figure 3-9 (C).

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 14 Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)
Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23
Complete the following steps to install the secondary LCD in a Blade s23 cabinet.
1 Locate the secondary LCD, Figure 3-10.
Figure 3-10 Locate secondary LCD.

2 Turn the secondary LCD over and carefully lay it vertically in the service position, on the
middle support in the accessory top, Figure 3-11 (A), making sure the LCD bracket tab,
Figure 3-11 (A), is positioned under the lip on the back enclosure, Figure 3-11 (B), securing
it in place.
Figure 3-11 LCD laying vertically in service position in upper cabinet (left) and closeup of LCD bracket tab
positioned under back enclosure lip (right).

C
B

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 3 - 15
3 Connect the displayport, Figure 3-12 (A), and power, Figure 3-12 (B), cables, making sure
not to pinch them.
Figure 3-12 Connect cables.

C C

NOTE
If the secondary LCD was replaced, the two brackets must be secured to the back of the
new LCD by using an 11/32-inch nut driver to tighten the three nuts securing each bracket,
Figure 3-12 (C).

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 16 Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)
4 Holding the secondary LCD on the top and bottom, Figure 3-13 (A), lift it up and position it
in front of the top, aligning the four pins, Figure 3-13 (B), with the corresponding slots
located on the left and right upper side hinges, Figure 3-13 (C).
Figure 3-13 Lift secondary LCD (top left), align pins, (top right) from corresponding slots (bottom).
A

B B

B B

C C

C C

5 Gently rotate the LCD slightly forward and down until it locks, Figure 3-14.
Figure 3-14 Rotate LCD until it locks.

6 Install the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly on
page 3-10 for more details.
7 Confirm the power is ON.
8 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
9 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 3 - 17
Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s32
Complete the following steps to remove the secondary LCD from the Blade s32 cabinet.

NOTE
The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain
access to and remove the secondary LCD and the main LCD. See Overview of Switches
on page 1-52 for information on the switch for each Blade s32 door (as well as all other
switches).

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on


page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-8 for more details.
5 Holding the secondary LCD on the top and bottom, Figure 3-15 (A), lift up, and pull slightly
forward until the four pins, Figure 3-15 (B), are released from the corresponding slots
located on the left and right upper side hinges, Figure 3-15 (C).
Figure 3-15 Lift secondary LCD (top left) and releasing secondary LCD pins (top right) from corresponding
slots (bottom).
A

B B

B B

C C

C C

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 18 Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)
6 Turn the secondary LCD over, and carefully lay it down vertically in the service position on
the overhang support in the accessory top, Figure 3-16 (A). Confirm that the overhang
support pin, Figure 3-16 (B), is seated in the secondary LCD support hole, and that the
cables are not pinched.
Figure 3-16 Placing LCD in service position and closeup of support pin.

7 Disconnect the displayport, Figure 3-17 (A), and power, Figure 3-17 (B), cables.
Figure 3-17 Disconnect displayport and power cables.

8 Lift the secondary LCD away from the cabinet and set it aside in a safe place.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 3 - 19
Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s32
Complete the following steps to install the secondary LCD in a Blade s32 cabinet.
1 Locate the secondary LCD.
2 Connect the displayport, Figure 3-18 (A), and power, Figure 3-18 (B), cables.
Figure 3-18 Connect displayport and power cables.

3 Turn the secondary LCD over, and carefully lay it down vertically in the service position on
the overhang support in the accessory top, Figure 3-19 (A). Confirm that the overhang
support pin, Figure 3-19 (B), is seated in the secondary LCD support hole, and that the
cables are not pinched.
Figure 3-19 Placing LCD in service position and closeup of support pin.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 20 Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)
4 Holding the secondary LCD on the top and bottom, Figure 3-20 (A), position and push
slightly forward until the four pins, Figure 3-20 (B), are seated in the corresponding slots
located on the left and right upper side hinges, Figure 3-20 (C).
Figure 3-20 Lift LCD (top left) and seating LCD pins (top right) into corresponding slots (bottom).
A

B B

B B

C C

C C

5 Push in slightly on the main LCD to secure it into position.


6 Install the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly on
page 3-10 for more details.
7 Confirm the power is ON.
8 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
9 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 3 - 21
Main LCD Steps for removing and installing the main LCD in the Blade s23 and Blade s32 cabinets are as
follows.

Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s23


Complete the following steps to remove the main LCD from a Blade s23 cabinet.

NOTE
The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain
access to and remove the secondary LCD and the main LCD. See Overview of Switches
on page 1-52 for information on the switch for each Blade s23 door (as well as all other
switches).

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on


page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-8 for more details.
5 Holding the main LCD from the bottom, carefully push up, Figure 3-21 (A), releasing the top
pins ONLY, Figure 3-21 (B), from the corresponding slots located on the left and right lower
hinges, Figure 3-21 (C). Do NOT release the bottom pins, Figure 3-21 (D), from the
corresponding bottom slots.

NOTE
Confirm the bottom pins remain in the corresponding bottom slots.

Figure 3-21 Lift up LCD (top left) and release pins (bottom left) from corresponding slots (bottom right)
(top LCD removed for clarity).

A A

B B

D C C
D

C C

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 22 Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)
6 With the main LCD bottom pins seated in the corresponding slots located on the right and
left lower panels, carefully rotate the LCD forward until it stops in the service position,
Figure 3-22.
Figure 3-22 Rotate main LCD forward.

7 Reaching behind the main LCD, disconnect the displayport, Figure 3-23 (A), power,
Figure 3-23 (B), and USB, Figure 3-23 (C), cables.
Figure 3-23 Disconnect displayport, power, and USB cables from main LCD.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 3 - 23
8 While releasing the two bottom pins from the corresponding slots located on the right and
left lower hinges, lift the main LCD from the accessory top and set it aside in a safe place.

NOTE
If the main LCD is being replaced, the two brackets secured to the back of the LCD must
be removed by using an 11/32-inch nut driver to remove the three nuts securing each
bracket, Figure 3-24 (A).

Figure 3-24 If applicable, remove nuts securing each bracket to LCD.

A A

A A A A

Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s23


Complete the following steps to install the main LCD in the Blade s23 cabinet.
1 Locate the main LCD, Figure 3-25.
Figure 3-25 Locate main LCD and, if applicable, tighten nuts securing both brackets to LCD.

A A

A A A A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 24 Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)
2 If applicable, secure the two brackets to the back of the LCD by using an 11/32-inch nut
driver to tighten the three nuts, Figure 3-25 (A), on each bracket.

NOTE
If the main LCD was replaced, the two brackets must be secured to the back of the new LCD.

3 Holding the main LCD on the top and the bottom, lift it up and position it so the bottom pins,
Figure 3-26 (A), are seated in the corresponding slots located on the left and right lower
hinges, Figure 3-26 (B).
Figure 3-26 Main LCD bottom pins (left) and corresponding slots (right) (secondary LCD removed for
clarity).
B

A A

4 With the main LCD now in the service position, with the bottom pins seated in the
corresponding slots located on the right and left lower hinges, leave the LCD open for
access to the cables, Figure 3-27.
Figure 3-27 Leave main LCD open in service position.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 3 - 25
5 Reaching behind the main LCD, connect the displayport, Figure 3-28 (A), power,
Figure 3-28 (B), and USB, Figure 3-28 (C), cables.
Figure 3-28 Reconnect displayport, power, and USB cables.

6 Lift the main LCD up slightly, Figure 3-29 (A), until the top pins, Figure 3-29 (B), are seated
in the corresponding slots located on the left and right lower hinges, Figure 3-29 (C).
Figure 3-29 Lift main LCD (top left), view of main LCD pins (bottom left), and corresponding slots on lower
hinges (right) - (LCDs removed for clarity in some images).
A

B B C
C

C
C

7 Push in slightly on the main LCD to secure it into position.


8 Install the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly on
page 3-10 for more details.
9 Confirm the power is ON.
10 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
11 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 26 Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)
Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s32
Complete the following steps to remove the main LCD from a Blade s32 cabinet.

NOTE
The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain access to and remove
the secondary LCD and the main LCD. See Overview of Switches on page 1-52 for information on the
switch for each Blade s32 door (as well as all other switches).

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on


page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-8 for more details.
5 Holding the main LCD from the sides, lift up slightly and carefully rotate it forward,
Figure 3-30 (A), allowing the hinges on the LCD to shift and reseat in the corresponding
slots, Figure 3-30 (B), until the LCD stops in the service position.
Figure 3-30 Lift up LCD (top left), hinges reseated (top right) and closeup (bottom) (secondary LCD
removed for clarity).
A B

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 3 - 27
6 Disconnect the displayport, Figure 3-31 (A), power, Figure 3-31 (B), and USB,
Figure 3-31 (C), cables.
Figure 3-31 Disconnect displayport, power, and USB cables.

7 Lift the main LCD away from the cabinet and set it aside in a safe place.

Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s32


Complete the following steps to install the main LCD in a Blade s32 cabinet.
1 Locate the main LCD, Figure 3-32.
Figure 3-32 Locate main LCD.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 28 Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)
2 Place a screwdriver in both holes located on the main LCD hinges, Figure 3-33, to prevent
the main LCD from shifting and becoming off-balance.
Figure 3-33 Side view of hinge hole (top) and rear view of main LCD showing both hinge holes (bottom).

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 3 - 29
3 Holding the main LCD from the sides, lift up slightly and carefully rotate it forward,
Figure 3-34 (A), allowing the hinges on the LCD to shift and reseat in the corresponding
slots, Figure 3-34 (B), until the LCD stops in the service position.
Figure 3-34 Lift up LCD (top left), hinges reseated (top right) and closeup (bottom) (secondary LCD
removed for clarity).
A B

4 Reaching behind the main LCD, connect the displayport, Figure 3-35 (A), power,
Figure 3-35 (B), and USB, Figure 3-35 (C), cables.
Figure 3-35 Connect displayport, power, and USB cables.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 30 Triptych LCD Maintenance (Gamescape)
5 Push in slightly on the main LCD to secure it into position.
6 Install the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly on
page 3-10 for more details.
7 Confirm the power is ON.
8 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
9 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Triptych LCD This section contains procedures for removing and installing the triptych LCD in order to perform
Maintenance maintenance on the Gamescape game cabinet.
(Gamescape)
ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Triptych LCD Complete the following steps to remove the triptych LCD from a Gamescape cabinet.

NOTE
The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain
access to and remove the secondary LCD and the main LCD. See Overview of Switches
on page 1-52 for information on the switch for each Blade s23 door (as well as all other
switches).

1 Unlock and open the belly door and triptych LCD. Reference Unlocking and Opening the
Belly Door and Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape on page 1-35.
2 Disconnect the following cables from the triptych LCD:
 three displayports
 one USB
 power and EMU bundle
3 Remove the two screws securing the LCD to the cabinet.
4 Holding the triptych LCD from the sides, lift up slightly and lift it away from the cabinet and
set it aside in a safe place.

Button This section contains procedures for performing maintenance on the OLED and Tablet 2.0
Panel button panels in the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape cabinets.
Maintenance
ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

OLED Button Panel When servicing the OLED button panel, the button panel assembly must first be removed from
(Blade s23) the button panel deck.

Removing the OLED Button Panel Assembly


Complete the following steps to remove the OLED button panel assembly from the button panel
deck on a Blade s23 cabinet.
1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Button Panel Maintenance 3 - 31
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the eight screws (four on the bottom
and four on the top), Figure 3-36 (A), securing the lower button panel deck cover to the
button panel deck.
Figure 3-36 Remove screws securing lower button panel deck cover to button panel deck.

A A A A

A A A A

5 Disconnect the USB and power cables, Figure 3-37 (A), from the button panel.
Figure 3-37 Disconnect cables from OLED button panel.

6 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, remove the six nuts, Figure 3-38 (A), securing the
button panel to the button panel deck.
Figure 3-38 Remove six nuts securing button panel to button panel deck.

A A

B A

A
A A
C

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 32 Button Panel Maintenance
7 Lift the button panel away from the button panel deck, Figure 3-39.
Figure 3-39 Lift button panel away from button panel deck.

Installing the OLED Button Panel Assembly


Complete the following steps to install the new OLED button panel assembly on to the button
panel deck.
1 Locate the new button panel.
2 Lift the new button panel onto the button panel deck, Figure 3-40.
Figure 3-40 Lift button panel on to button panel deck.

3 Connect the two ground braids, Figure 3-41 (A).

NOTE
Confirm that the ground braids are connected at this point before moving to the next step.

Figure 3-41 Connect the ground braids.

A A

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Button Panel Maintenance 3 - 33
4 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, tighten the six nuts, Figure 3-42 (A), securing the
button panel to the button panel deck.
Figure 3-42 Tighten six nuts securing button panel to button panel deck.

A A

A A
A A

5 Connect the USB and power cables to the button panel, Figure 3-43 (A).
Figure 3-43 Connect cables to OLED button panel.

6 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the eight screws (four on the bottom
and four on the top), Figure 3-44 (A), securing the lower button panel deck cover to the
button panel deck.
Figure 3-44 Tighten screws securing lower button panel deck cover to button panel deck.

A A A A

A A A A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 34 Button Panel Maintenance
7 Confirm the power is ON.
8 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
9 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Replacing the OLED Button Panel Buttons and Lenses


Complete the following steps to replace the buttons and lenses in an OLED button panel.
1 Remove the button panel assembly from the button panel deck. Reference Removing the
OLED Button Panel Assembly on page 3-30 for more details.
2 Turn the button panel over so that the underside is facing upward. Using a #2 Phillips
magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the eleven (11) screws securing the button panel to the
plastic button deck, Figure 3-45 (A).
Figure 3-45 Remove screws securing button panel to plastic button deck.

A A A A A A

A A A A A

3 Lift the button panel away from the plastic button deck, Figure 3-46.
Figure 3-46 Lift button panel away from the plastic button deck.

4 Replace any buttons or lenses as appropriate.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Button Panel Maintenance 3 - 35
5 Position the button panel on the plastic button deck, Figure 3-47.
Figure 3-47 Position button panel on plastic button deck.

6 Turn the button panel over so that the underside is facing upward. Using a #2 Phillips
magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the eleven (11) screws securing the button panel to the
plastic button deck, Figure 3-48 (A).
Figure 3-48 Tighten screws securing button panel to plastic button deck.

A A A A A A

A A A A A

7 Install the OLED button panel on the button panel deck. Reference Installing the OLED
Button Panel Assembly on page 3-32 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 36 Button Panel Maintenance
Tablet 2.0 When servicing the Tablet 2.0 button panel, the button panel assembly must first be removed
Button Panel from the button panel deck.
(Blade s32 and
Gamescape) Removing the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel Assembly
Complete the following steps to remove the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel Assembly.

NOTE
If any components on the Tablet 2.0 button panel need to be replaced, the entire button
panel assembly is replaced, rather than the individual components.

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the eight screws (four on the bottom
and four on the top), Figure 3-49 (A), securing the lower button panel deck cover to the
button panel deck.
Figure 3-49 Remove screws securing lower button panel deck cover to button panel deck.

A A A A

A A A A

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Button Panel Maintenance 3 - 37
5 Disconnect the following cables from the button panel:
 the tablet power cable
 the button power cable
 the button USB cable
 the tablet VGA cable
 the tablet USB cable

6 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, remove the six nuts, Figure 3-50 (A), securing the
button panel to the button panel deck.
Figure 3-50 Remove six nuts securing button panel to button panel deck.

A A

A A
A A

7 Lift the button panel away from the button panel deck, Figure 3-51.
Figure 3-51 Lift button panel away from button panel deck.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 38 Button Panel Maintenance
Installing a Tablet 2.0 Button Panel Assembly
Complete the following steps to install a new Tablet 2.0 button panel assembly on the button
panel deck.

NOTE
If any components on the Tablet 2.0 button panel need to be replaced, the entire button
panel assembly is replaced rather than the individual components.

1 Locate the new button panel.


2 Lift the new button panel onto the button panel deck, Figure 3-52.
Figure 3-52 Lift button panel on to button panel deck.

3 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, tighten the six nuts, Figure 3-53 (A), securing the
button panel to the button panel deck.
Figure 3-53 Tighten six nuts securing button panel to button panel deck.

A A

A A
A A

4 Connect the ground braid, Figure 3-53 (B).

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Button Panel Maintenance 3 - 39
5 Connect the following cables to the button panel:
 the tablet power cable, Figure 3-54 (A)
 the button power cable, Figure 3-54 (B)
 the button USB cable, Figure 3-54 (C)
 the tablet VGA cable, Figure 3-54 (D)
 the tablet USB cable, Figure 3-54 (E)
Figure 3-54 Connect cables to Tablet button panel 2.0.

A E

B D
C

6 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the eight screws (four on the bottom
and four on the top), Figure 3-55 (A), securing the lower button panel deck cover to the
button panel deck.
Figure 3-55 Tighten screws securing lower button panel deck cover to button panel deck.

A A A A

A A A A

7 Confirm the power is ON.


8 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
9 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 40 Button Panel Maintenance
Replacing the Buttons and Artwork on a Tablet 2.0 Button Panel
Complete the following steps to replace the buttons and artwork on the Tablet 2.0 button panel.
1 Remove the button panel from the button panel deck, Figure 3-56. Reference Removing the
Tablet 2.0 Button Panel Assembly on page 3-36 for more details.
Figure 3-56 Lift button panel away from button panel deck.

2 Replace any buttons or artwork as appropriate.


3 Lift the button panel onto the button panel deck.
4 Reinstall the button panel onto the button panel deck. Reference Installing a Tablet 2.0
Button Panel Assembly on page 3-36 for more details.

Removing a Replacement Button Lens (Tablet 2.0 Only)


Steps for replacing a replacement button lens in a Tablet 2.0 button panel are as follows.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Complete the following steps to prepare to replace the replacement lens in the Tablet 2.0 button
panel.
1 Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and
Damage on page 3.
2 For ESD protection, keep the game line cord connected for a direct connection to ground.
Ensure the clip end of the ESD wrist strap is connected to an unpainted or bare exposed
metal area of the game cabinet.
3 Verify that the game is not in play and that no credits exist on the game.
4 Using the lens pry tool, work the flat edge of the removal tool under the bottom edge at the
center of the lens, Figure 3-57.
Figure 3-57 Begin prying the button bezel.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Leap Motion Assembly Maintenance (Gamescape) 3 - 41
5 Work around the perimeter of the lens, prying the lens away from the button housing until
the lens is free.

CAUTION
Do not touch the exposed or internal electronic parts to avoid damaging the button.

6 Discard the removed lens.

Installing a Replacement Button Lens (Tablet 2.0 Only)


Complete the following steps to install a replacement button lens in a Tablet 2.0 button panel.
1 Do not touch the interior of the lens to avoid leaving fingerprints on it.
2 If necessary, press the replacement lens into the button housing.

NOTE
Listen for an audible "snap" to indicate the lens is fully seated.

3 Test the button by pressing it and verifying that it functions normally.


4 Remove the ESD wrist strap and store it in a cool and dry location.

Leap Motion This section contains the procedure for performing maintenance on the leap motion assembly for
Assembly the Gamescape game cabinet.
Maintenance Complete the following procedure to replace the leap motion assembly.
(Gamescape)
1 Remove the Top Box Wonka Upper Marquee Logo Can (A-1456489). For more information
on removing the top box upper marquee logo can on the Gamescape, reference Installation
Bulletin: 1460345 Install Willy Wonka on Gamescape.
2 Disconnect the cables and remove the upper 42-inch flat LCD. For more information on
disconnecting the cables and removing the upper 42-inch flat LCD on the Gamescape,
reference Installation Bulletin: 1460345 Install Willy Wonka on Gamescape.
3 Disconnect the cables and remove the lower Triptych LCD. Reference Triptych LCD on
page 3-30 for more information.
4 Remove the left wing channel and the right wing channel.
5 Remove the Player Tracking Tray.
6 Remove the Bill Acceptor.
7 Open the printer.
8 Remove the four M4 screw fasteners from the Leap Motion Deck.
9 Rotate the rear of the Leap Motion Panel forward.
10 Disconnect the Leap Motion USB cable.
11 Remove the Leap Motion Assembly from the game and set it aside.
12 Locate the new Leap Motion Assembly.
13 Connect the Leap Motion USB cable.
14 Rotate the rear of the Leap Motion Panel backwards into the game.
15 Tighten the four M4 screw fasteners on the Leap Motion Deck.
16 Close the printer.
17 Reinstall the Bill Acceptor.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 42 Emotive Lighting Maintenance
18 Reinstall the Player Tracking Tray.
19 Reinstall the left wing channel and the right wing channel.
20 Connect the cables and reinstall the lower Triptych LCD. Reference Triptych LCD on
page 3-30 for more information.
21 Connect the cables and reinstall the upper 42-inch flat LCD. For more information on
connecting the cables and reinstalling the upper 42-inch flat LCD on the Gamescape,
reference Installation Bulletin: 1460345 Install Willy Wonka on Gamescape.
22 Reinstall the Top Box Wonka Upper Marquee Logo Can (A-1456489). For more information
on reinstalling the top box upper marquee logo can on the Gamescape, reference
Installation Bulletin: 1460345 Install Willy Wonka on Gamescape.

Emotive This section contains procedures for performing maintenance on the emotive lighting board
Lighting assembly for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.
Maintenance

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Replacing the Complete the following procedure to replace the emotive controller board.
Emotive Controller 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
Board (All)
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Unlock and open the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the Drop
Door on page 1-44 for more details.
5 Disconnect the four cables connected to the emotive controller, Figure 3-58 (A).
Figure 3-58 Disconnect cables from emotive controller.

A A A

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Emotive Lighting Maintenance 3 - 43
6 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove the three 8-32 Keps nuts securing the emotive
controller board to the cabinet, Figure 3-59 (A).
Figure 3-59 Remove Keps nuts securing emotive controller board to cabinet.

A A

7 Remove the emotive controller board assembly from the cabinet.


8 Locate the new emotive controller board assembly.
9 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the three 8-32 Keps nuts removed in step 6 on
page 3-42 securing the emotive controller board to the cabinet, Figure 3-60 (A).
Figure 3-60 Tighten the Keps nuts securing emotive controller board to cabinet.

A A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 44 Emotive Lighting Maintenance
10 Connect the four cables connected to the emotive controller, Figure 3-61 (A).
Figure 3-61 Connect cables to emotive controller.

A A A

11 Close and lock the drop door. Reference Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop Door on
page 1-45 for more details.
12 Confirm the power is ON.
13 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
14 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Replacing the Complete the following steps to replace the top emotive lighting board in the Blade s23.
Top Emotive 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
Lighting Board
(Blade s23) 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm that the power is OFF.
4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-8 for more details.
5 Remove the secondary LCD. Reference Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s23
on page 3-12 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Emotive Lighting Maintenance 3 - 45
6 In the accessory top, disconnect the emotive top input cable, Figure 3-62 (A), and the two
emotive top light side jumper cables, Figure 3-62 (B), from the top emotive lighting board.
Figure 3-62 Top emotive lighting board connections (top) and connections shown on back of board
(bottom) (Blade s23 shown).

B B

Back view of top emotive lighting board

B B

7 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the three screws, Figure 3-63 (A),
securing the top emotive lighting board to the accessory top.

CAUTION
Confirm that formex is not removed and remains behind the LED board.

Figure 3-63 Remove three screws securing top emotive lighting board.

A
A
A

8 Lift the top emotive lighting board away from the accessory top.
9 Locate the new top emotive lighting board.
10 Set the dip switch master settings as follows:

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 46 Emotive Lighting Maintenance

Switch Setting
S1 1 ON
2-7 OFF
S2 1-4 ON
5-8 OFF

11 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the three screws, Figure 3-64 (A),
securing the top emotive lighting board to the accessory top.
Figure 3-64 Tighten three screws securing top emotive lighting board.

A
A
A

12 In the accessory top, connect the emotive top input cable, Figure 3-65 (A), and the two
emotive top light side jumper cables, Figure 3-65 (B), to the top emotive lighting board.
Figure 3-65 Top emotive light board connections (top) and connections shown on back of board (bottom)
(Blade s23 shown).

B B

Back view of top emotive lighting board

B B

13 Reinstall the secondary LCD. Reference Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23 on
page 3-14 for more details or Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23 on page 3-19 for
more details.
14 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-10 for more details.
15 Confirm the power is ON.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Emotive Lighting Maintenance 3 - 47
16 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
17 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Replacing the Left Complete the following steps to replace the left top emotive lighting board and the right top
and Right Top emotive lighting board on the Blade s23 game cabinet.
Emotive Light 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
Boards
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
(Blade s23)
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-8 for more details.
5 Remove the secondary LCD. Reference Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s23
on page 3-12 for more details.
6 Remove the main LCD. Reference Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s23 on page 3-21
for more details.
7 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the five screws securing the left top
emotive light assembly, Figure 3-66 (A).
Figure 3-66 Remove five screws securing left top emotive light assembly.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 48 Emotive Lighting Maintenance
8 Lift the left light assembly away from the accessory top, Figure 3-67.
Figure 3-67 Lift left light assembly away from accessory top.

9 Disconnect the emotive top light side jumper cable, Figure 3-68 (A), from the left top
emotive lighting board.
Figure 3-68 Disconnect left emotive top light side jumper cable.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Emotive Lighting Maintenance 3 - 49
10 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the three screws, Figure 3-69 (A),
securing the left top emotive lighting board to the left light bezel assembly.
Figure 3-69 Remove screws securing top left emotive
lighting board to left light bezel assembly.

11 Lift the left top emotive lighting board away from the left light bezel assembly, Figure 3-70.
Figure 3-70 Lift left top emotive lighting board
away from left light bezel assembly.

12 Locate the new left top emotive lighting board.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 50 Emotive Lighting Maintenance
13 Position the new left top emotive lighting board onto the left light bezel assembly,
Figure 3-71.
Figure 3-71 Lift left top emotive lighting board
onto left light bezel assembly.

14 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the three screws, Figure 3-72 (A),
securing the left top emotive lighting board to the left light bezel assembly.
Figure 3-72 Tighten screws securing top left emotive
lighting board to left light bezel assembly.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Emotive Lighting Maintenance 3 - 51
15 Connect the emotive top light side jumper cable, Figure 3-73 (A), to the left top emotive
lighting board.
Figure 3-73 Connect left emotive top light side jumper cable.

16 Lift the left light assembly onto the accessory top, Figure 3-74.
Figure 3-74 Lift left light assembly onto the accessory top.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 52 Emotive Lighting Maintenance
17 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the five screws securing the left top
emotive light assembly, Figure 3-75 (A).
Figure 3-75 Tighten five screws securing left top emotive light assembly.

18 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the five screws, Figure 3-76 (A),
securing the right light bezel assembly to the accessory top.
Figure 3-76 Remove five screws securing right light bezel assembly.

A
A

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Emotive Lighting Maintenance 3 - 53
19 Lift the right light bezel assembly away from the accessory top, Figure 3-77.
Figure 3-77 Lift right light bezel assembly away.

20 In the accessory top, disconnect the emotive top light side jumper cable, Figure 3-78 (A),
from the right top emotive lighting board.
Figure 3-78 Disconnect right top emotive light board connection.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 54 Emotive Lighting Maintenance
21 Lift the right top emotive lighting board away from the left light bezel assembly, Figure 3-79.
Figure 3-79 Lift left top emotive lighting board
away from left light bezel assembly.

22 Locate the new right top emotive lighting board.


23 Position the right top emotive lighting board onto the right light bezel assembly,
Figure 3-80.
Figure 3-80 Position right top emotive lighting board
onto right light bezel assembly.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Emotive Lighting Maintenance 3 - 55
24 Lift the right light bezel assembly on to the accessory top, Figure 3-81.
Figure 3-81 Lift right light bezel assembly on to accessory top.

25 Using a #1 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the five screws, Figure 3-82 (A),
securing the right light bezel assembly to the accessory top.
Figure 3-82 Tighten screws securing right light bezel assembly.

A
A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 56 Emotive Lighting Maintenance
26 In the accessory top, connect the emotive top light side jumper cable, Figure 3-83 (A), to
the right top emotive lighting board.
Figure 3-83 Right top emotive light board connection.

27 Reinstall the main LCD. Reference Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s23 on page 3-23 for
more details.
28 Reinstall the secondary LCD. Reference Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23 on
page 3-14 for more details.
29 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-10 for more details.
30 Confirm the power is ON.
31 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
32 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Replacing the Belly Complete the following steps to replace the belly door emotive lighting boards.
Door Emotive 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
Lighting Boards
(All) 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Emotive Lighting Maintenance 3 - 57
4 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the eight screws (four on the bottom
and four on the top), Figure 3-84 (A), securing the lower button panel deck cover to the
button panel deck.
Figure 3-84 Remove screws securing lower button panel deck cover to button panel deck.

A A A A

A A A A

5 From underneath the button panel deck, lift the pull cable blocker bracket, Figure 3-85 (A),
away from the button panel deck and set aside in a safe place.

NOTE
Be sure not to misplace or lose the pull cable blocker bracket.

Figure 3-85 Remove pull cable blocker bracket.

A A

OLED Button Panel Tablet 2.0 Button Panel

6 Remove the OLED or Tablet 2.0 button panel as appropriate.


a To remove the OLED button panel, reference Removing the OLED Button Panel
Assembly on page 3-30 for more details.
b To remove the Tablet 2.0 button panel, reference Removing the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel
Assembly on page 3-36 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 58 Emotive Lighting Maintenance
7 Remove the left casting, Figure 3-86 (A), by using a #2 Phillips screwdriver to remove the
five screws located underneath the button panel deck securing the casting to the deck,
Figure 3-86 (B). Place the left casting aside.
Figure 3-86 Remove left casting from button panel deck.

B
B A

B B

OLED Button Panel

B A
B

B
B

Tablet Button Panel 2.0

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Emotive Lighting Maintenance 3 - 59
8 Remove the right casting, Figure 3-87 (A), by using a #2 Phillips screwdriver to remove the
five screws located underneath the button panel deck securing the casting to the deck,
Figure 3-87 (B). Place the right casting aside.
Figure 3-87 Right casting location (left) and remove five screws (right).

B
B

A
B

B
B

OLED Button Panel

B
B

A
B

B
B

Tablet Button Panel 2.0

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 60 Emotive Lighting Maintenance
9 Lift the formex piece away from the button panel deck, Figure 3-88.
Figure 3-88 Lift formex piece away from the button panel deck.

10 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the four screws located on the
underside of the button panel deck swoop, Figure 3-89 (A).
Figure 3-89 Remove four screws located on underside of button panel deck swoop.

A A A A

11 Close the belly door.


12 Lift the lens off of the button panel deck light panel, Figure 3-90.
Figure 3-90 Lift lens off the button panel deck light panel.

13 Lift the emotive lighting board off of the button panel deck light panel, Figure 3-91.

CAUTION
Confirm that formex is not removed and remains behind the LED board.

Figure 3-91 Lift emotive lighting board off the button panel deck light panel.

14 Locate the new emotive lighting board.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Emotive Lighting Maintenance 3 - 61
15 Position the new emotive lighting board on the button panel deck light panel, Figure 3-92.
Figure 3-92 Position emotive lighting board on button panel deck light panel.

16 Position the lens on the button panel deck light panel, Figure 3-93.
Figure 3-93 Lift lens off the button panel deck light panel.

17 Open the belly door.


18 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the four screws located on the button
panel deck swoop, Figure 3-94 (A).
Figure 3-94 Tighten four screws located on button panel deck swoop.

A A A A

19 Position the formex piece on the button panel deck, Figure 3-95.
Figure 3-95 Position formex piece on the button panel deck.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 62 Emotive Lighting Maintenance
20 Reinstall the right casting, Figure 3-96 (A), by using a #2 Phillips screwdriver to tighten the
five screws located underneath the button panel deck securing the casting to the button
panel deck, Figure 3-96 (B).
Figure 3-96 Right casting location (left) and tighten five screws (right).

B
B

A
B

B
B

OLED Button Panel

B
B

A
B

B
B

Tablet Button Panel 2.0

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Emotive Lighting Maintenance 3 - 63
21 Reinstall the left casting, Figure 3-97 (A), by using a #2 Phillips screwdriver to tighten the
five screws located underneath the button panel deck securing the casting to the button
panel deck, Figure 3-97 (B).
Figure 3-97 Secure left casting to button panel deck.

B
B A

B B

OLED Button Panel

B A
B

B
B

Tablet Button Panel 2.0

22 Install the OLED or Tablet 2.0 button panel as appropriate.


a To install the OLED button panel, reference Installing the OLED Button Panel Assembly
on page 3-32 for more details.
b To install the Tablet 2.0 button panel, reference Installing a Tablet 2.0 Button Panel
Assembly on page 3-38 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 64 Emotive Lighting Maintenance
23 Underneath the button panel deck, reinstall the pull cable blocker bracket, Figure 3-98 (A),
onto the button panel deck.
Figure 3-98 Reinstall pull cable blocker bracket.

24 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the eight screws (four on the bottom
and four on the top), Figure 3-99 (A), securing the lower button panel deck cover to the
button panel deck.
Figure 3-99 Tighten screws securing lower button panel deck cover to button panel deck.

A A A A

A A A A

25 Confirm the power is ON.


26 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
27 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Emotive Lighting Maintenance 3 - 65
Replacing the Drop Complete the following steps to replace the drop door emotive lighting board.
Door Emotive 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
Lighting Board
(All) 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Unlock, open, and remove the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the
Drop Door on page 1-44 for more details.
5 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the five screws located under the main
door securing the lower light bracket, Figure 3-100 (A).
Figure 3-100 Remove five screws located under main door (drop door removed for clarity).

A
A
A
A
A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 66 Emotive Lighting Maintenance
6 Lift the lower light bracket away, Figure 3-101.
Figure 3-101 Lift lower light bracket away.

7 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the three screws securing the drop
door emotive lighting board to the cabinet, Figure 3-102 (A).
Figure 3-102 Remove screws securing drop door emotive lighting board to cabinet.

A
A
B
A

8 Disconnect the emotive foot light board cable, Figure 3-102 (B), from the drop door emotive
lighting board.
9 Lift the drop door emotive lighting board away from the cabinet.
10 Locate the new drop door emotive lighting board.
11 Position the drop door emotive lighting board on the cabinet.
12 Connect the emotive foot light board cable, Figure 3-103 (A), to the drop door emotive
lighting board.
Figure 3-103 Tighten screws securing drop door emotive lighting board to cabinet.

B
B
A
B

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Emotive Lighting Maintenance 3 - 67
13 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the three screws securing the drop
door emotive lighting board to the cabinet, Figure 3-103 (B).
14 Position the lower light bracket on the cabinet, Figure 3-104.
Figure 3-104 Position lower light bracket on cabinet.

15 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the five screws located under the main
door securing the lower light bracket, Figure 3-105 (A).
Figure 3-105 Tighten five screws located under main door (drop door removed for clarity).

A
A
A
A
A

16 Install, close, and lock the drop door. Reference Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop
Door on page 1-45 for more details.
17 Confirm the power is ON.
18 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
19 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 68 REPLACING ALL EMOTIVE LIGHTING BOARDS IN GAMESCAPE

REPLACING The Emotive Light Boards in the Gamescape are integrated into the triptych and 42-inch
ALL EMOTIVE displays. Both displays are provided by the vendor. In the event of lighting failure, the entire
LIGHTING display will be replaced, as the lighting circuit boards are not field serviceable.
BOARDS IN
GAMESCAPE

Top Box This section explains the procedure for replacing the Top Box Controller Board in the
Controller Gamescape cabinet.
Board To replace the Top Box Controller Board in the Gamescape cabinet, perform the following steps.
(Gamescape)
1 Remove the upper left and lower right M4 screws securing the controller board to the mast.
2 Pop the board out.
3 Locate the new Top Box Controller Board.
4 Position it in the cabinet.
5 Tighten the upper left and lower right M4 screws to secure the controller board to the mast.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Printer Maintenance (All) 3 - 69
Printer This section contains procedures for performing maintenance on the printer for the Blade s23,
Maintenance Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets, such as replacing paper or clearing a jam.
(All)
NOTE
The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Removing and Complete the following procedure to remove and reinstall the printer.
Reinstalling 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
the Printer
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Pull the printer bezel forward, Figure 3-106.
Figure 3-106 Pull printer bezel forward (belly door removed for clarity).

5 If applicable, disconnect the cable.


6 Remove the printer bezel. Reference Replacing the Printer Bezel When Damaged on
page 3-70 for more details.
7 Clear printer jam or perform printer maintenance.
8 Reinstall the printer bezel. Reference Replacing the Printer Bezel When Damaged on
page 3-70 for more details.
9 If applicable, reconnect the cable.
10 Push the printer into the printer housing.
11 Confirm the power is ON.
12 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
13 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 70 Printer Maintenance (All)
Replacing the Complete the following steps to replace the printer bezel when damaged.
Printer Bezel 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
When Damaged
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Remove the printer. Reference Removing and Reinstalling the Printer on page 3-69 for
more details.
5 Using a #1 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove and set aside the four screws (two on
each side), Figure 3-107 (A), securing the bezel to the printer.
Figure 3-107 Remove four screws securing bezel to printer.
A A

A A

NOTE
Boards on the printer bezel can be replaced.

6 Disconnect the printer bezel from the printer.


7 Lift the bezel away from the printer.
8 Locate the new bezel.
9 Connect the new printer bezel to the printer.
10 Using a #1 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the four screws removed in step 5 on
page 3-70 (two on each side), Figure 3-108 (A), securing the bezel to the printer.
Figure 3-108 Tighten four screws securing bezel to printer.

A
A

A
A
A

11 The new printer bezel is now secured.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Bill Acceptor Maintenance (All) 3 - 71
Bill Acceptor This section contains procedures for performing maintenance on the bill acceptor for the
Maintenance Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.
(All)
NOTE
The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Replacing the Complete the following procedure to replace the bill acceptor head.
Bill Acceptor Head 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Release the cable channel, Figure 3-109 (A), by pulling off the velcro securing it to the
cabinet from the inside of the channel, and pushing it up and out of the way.
Figure 3-109 Push cable channel out of the way.

5 Depending on the type of bill acceptor, gently pull it up or straight forward to disengage, and
then pull it out of the cabinet, Figure 3-110.
Figure 3-110 Pull bill acceptor out of cabinet.

6 Remove the bill acceptor bezel. Reference Replacing the Bill Acceptor Bezel When
Damaged on page 3-72 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 72 Bill Acceptor Maintenance (All)
7 Locate and reinstall the bill acceptor bezel. Reference Replacing the Bill Acceptor Bezel
When Damaged on page 3-72 for more details.
8 Push the bill acceptor into the bill acceptor housing, and depending on the type of bill
acceptor, gently push it up or straight back to engage, Figure 3-111.
Figure 3-111 Push bill acceptor into housing.

9 Confirm the power is ON.


10 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
11 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Replacing the Bill Complete the following steps to replace the bill acceptor bezel when the bill acceptor bezel is
Acceptor Bezel damaged.
When Damaged 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Release the cable channel, Figure 3-112 (A), by pulling off the velcro securing it to the
cabinet from the inside of the channel, and pushing it up and out of the way.
Figure 3-112 Push cable channel out of the way.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Bill Acceptor Maintenance (All) 3 - 73
5 Depending on the type of bill acceptor, gently pull it up straight forward to disengage, and
then pull it out of the cabinet, Figure 3-113.
Figure 3-113 Pull bill acceptor out of cabinet.

6 Using a #1 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove and set aside the four screws (two on
each side), Figure 3-114 (A), securing the bezel to the bill acceptor.
Figure 3-114 Remove four screws securing bezel to bill acceptor.

A
A

A
A

7 Disconnect the bill acceptor bezel from the bill acceptor.


8 Lift the bezel away from the bill acceptor.
9 Locate the new bill acceptor bezel.
10 Connect the new bill acceptor bezel to the bill acceptor.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 74 Bill Acceptor Maintenance (All)
11 Using a #1 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the four screws removed in step 6 on
page 3-73 (two on each side), Figure 3-115 (A), securing the bezel to the bill acceptor.
Figure 3-115 Tighten four screws securing bezel to bill acceptor.

A
A

A
A

12 The bill acceptor bezel is now secured.


13 Push the bill acceptor into the bill acceptor housing, and depending on the type of bill
acceptor, gently push it up or down to engage, Figure 3-116.
Figure 3-116 Push bill acceptor into housing.

14 Resecure the cable channel.


15 Confirm the power is ON.
16 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
17 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Hard Meter Maintenance (All) 3 - 75
Hard Meter This section describes the procedure for performing maintenance on the hard meter for the
Maintenance Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape game cabinets.
(All)
NOTE
The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Replacing the Complete the following steps to replace the hard meters, if applicable.
Hard Meters 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
(if applicable)
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the game is OFF.
4 Using an 11/32-inch or 9 mm nut driver, remove and set aside the four nuts securing the
hard meters to the main door, Figure 3-117.
Figure 3-117 Remove nuts securing hard meters.

A
A
A
A

5 Disconnect the hard meters from the wire harness running along the top of the main door.
6 Lift the hard meters out of the cabinet.
7 Locate the new hard meters.
8 Connect the new hard meters to the wire harness running along the top of the main door.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 76 Hard Meter Maintenance (All)
9 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, tighten the four nuts removed in step 4 on
page 3-75 securing the hard meters to the main door, Figure 3-118 (A).
Figure 3-118 Tighten nuts securing hard meters.

A
A
A
A

10 Confirm the power is ON.


11 Close and lock the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
12 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Subwoofer Maintenance (All) 3 - 77
Subwoofer This section describes how to perform maintenance on the subwoofer for the Blade s23, the
Maintenance Blade s32, and the Gamescape game cabinets.
(All)
NOTE
The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Replacing the Complete the following steps to replace the ADL subwoofer, Figure 3-119 (A).
Subwoofer Figure 3-119 Location of subwoofer (drop door removed for clarity).

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Unlock, open, and remove the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the
Drop Door on page 1-44 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 78 Subwoofer Maintenance (All)
5 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, remove the four nuts seated in the keyholes
securing the subwoofer to the side of the cabinet, Figure 3-120.
Figure 3-120 Remove four nuts securing subwoofer.

6 Disconnect the cable.


7 Remove the subwoofer from the cabinet.
8 Place the subwoofer on a flat, non-abrasive surface.
9 Locate the new subwoofer.
10 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, tighten the four nuts seated in the keyholes
securing the subwoofer to the side of the cabinet, Figure 3-121.
Figure 3-121 Tighten four nuts securing subwoofer.

11 Reconnect the cable.


12 Install, close, and lock the drop door. Reference Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop
Door on page 1-45 for more details.
13 Confirm the power is ON.
14 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
15 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Audio Amplifier Assembly (All) 3 - 79
Audio Amplifier This section contains procedures for performing maintenance on the audio amplifier assembly
Assembly for the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape game cabinets.
(All)
NOTE
The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Replacing the Audio The audio system is connected and ready to use upon delivery. Verify the WMS audio amplifier
Amplifier Assembly assembly connections, Figure 3-122 and Table 3-5.
Figure 3-122 Verify audio amplifier connections.

B A
C

Table 3-5 Audio amplifier connections.


Connection Location
Power cable Figure 3-123 (A)
SPDIF cable Figure 3-123 (B)
Speaker cable Figure 3-123 (C)

Complete the following steps to replace the audio amplifier assembly.


1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details
3 Confirm that the power is OFF.
4 Unlock, open, and remove the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the
Drop Door on page 1-44 for more details.
5 Disconnect the three cables from the audio amplifier assembly, Figure 3-122 and Table 3-5.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 80 Audio Amplifier Assembly (All)
6 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove the four 8-32 Keps nuts securing the PCB mounting
ebox bracket to the cabinet, Figure 3-123 (A).
Figure 3-123 Remove nuts securing PCB mounting ebox bracket (view from underneath).

A A

A A

7 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove the three screws securing the audio amplifier
assembly to the cabinet, Figure 3-124 (A).
Figure 3-124 Remove screws securing audio amplifier assembly (view from underneath).

A
A
A

8 Remove the audio amplifier assembly from the cabinet.


9 Locate the new audio amplifier assembly.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Audio Amplifier Assembly (All) 3 - 81
10 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the three screws securing the audio amplifier
assembly to the cabinet, Figure 3-125 (A).
Figure 3-125 Tighten screws securing audio amplifier assembly (view from underneath).

A
A
A

11 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the four 8-32 Keps nuts securing the PCB mounting
ebox bracket to the cabinet, Figure 3-126 (A).
Figure 3-126 Tighten nuts securing PCB mounting ebox bracket (view from underneath).

A A

A A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 82 Audio Amplifier Assembly (All)
12 Connect the three cables to the audio amplifier assembly, Figure 3-127 and Table 3-6.
Table 3-6 Audio amplifier connections.
Connection Location
Power cable Figure 3-127 (A)
SPDIF cable Figure 3-127 (B)
Speaker cable Figure 3-127 (C)

Figure 3-127 Connect three cables to audio amplifier assembly.

B A
C

13 Install, close, and lock the drop door. Reference Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop
Door on page 1-45 for more details.
14 Confirm the power is ON.
15 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
16 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Power Supply Maintenance (All) 3 - 83
Power Supply This section contains procedures for performing maintenance on the power supply for the
Maintenance Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape game cabinets.
(All)
NOTE
The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Replacing the Complete the following procedure to replace the power supply.
Power Supply 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm that the power switch, Figure 3-128 (A), is in the OFF position.
Figure 3-128 Confirm power switch is in OFF position.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 84 Power Supply Maintenance (All)
4 Carefully lift the power supply cover up and then lift the two tabs out of the slots located on
the side of the cabinet, Figure 3-129 (A).
Figure 3-129 Power supply cover (left) and lift tabs out of slots (right).

5 Disconnect the power cord.


6 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the four screws securing the power
supply, Figure 3-130 (A).
Figure 3-130 Tighten screws securing power supply.

A
A

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Power Supply Maintenance (All) 3 - 85
7 If applicable, using diagonal cutters, cut the two zip ties securing the meter cable to the
meter cable bracket, Figure 3-131 (A).
Figure 3-131 Remove zip ties (zip ties not shown).

A
B B

8 Using a 3/8-inch nut driver, remove the two nuts securing the meter cable bracket and
remove the bracket from the cabinet, Figure 3-131 (B).
9 Disconnect the rest of the cables from the power supply.
10 Disconnect the power supply, Figure 3-132 (A), and slide it out of the cabinet.
Figure 3-132 Disconnect and remove power supply.

11 Locate the new power supply.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 86 Power Supply Maintenance (All)
12 Connect the power supply, Figure 3-133 (A), and slide it into the cabinet.
Figure 3-133 Connect and slide in power supply.

13 Connect the other cables to the power supply.


14 Locate the meter cable bracket, and using a 3/8-inch nut driver, tighten the two nuts
securing the bracket to the cabinet, Figure 3-134 (A).
Figure 3-134 Use zip ties to secure cable to meter cable bracket (zip ties not shown).

A
A

B
A A

15 If applicable, using two zip ties, secure the meter cable to the meter cable bracket,
Figure 3-134 (B).

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Power Supply Maintenance (All) 3 - 87
16 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the four screws securing the power
supply, Figure 3-135 (A).
Figure 3-135 Remove screws securing power supply.

A
A

17 Connect the power cord.


18 Carefully lift the power supply cover up and engage the two tabs with the slots located on
the side of the cabinet, Figure 3-136 (A).
Figure 3-136 Engage tabs in slots (left) and power supply cover (right).

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 88 Switched or Unswitched Fuses (All)
19 Confirm that the power switch, Figure 3-137 (A), is in the ON position.
Figure 3-137 Confirm power switch is in ON position.

20 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
21 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Switched or This section contains procedures for performing maintenance on the switched or unswitched
Unswitched fuses for the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape game cabinets.
Fuses
(All)
NOTE
The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Replacing the Complete the following procedure to replace the switched or unswitched power supply fuses.
Switched or 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
Unswitched Fuses
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Unplug the game from the power supply.

WARNING - SHOCK HAZARD


Failure to disconnect the AC Line Cord when handling the Power Supply may result in a
shock hazard.

5 Remove the power supply. Reference Replacing the Power Supply on page 3-83 for more
details.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Switched or Unswitched Fuses (All) 3 - 89
6 Insert a flathead screwdriver into the fuseholder notch of the fuse for switched power,
Figure 3-138 (A), or unswitched power, Figure 3-138 (B), and turn counterclockwise to
loosen and remove the fuseholder.
Figure 3-138 Insert a flathead screwdriver into fuse-holder notch.

7 Pull the fuse from the fuseholder.


8 Replace the old fuse with a new fuse in the power supply.
9 Insert a flathead screwdriver into the fuseholder notch of the fuse for switched power,
Figure 3-139 (A), or unswitched power, Figure 3-139 (B), and turn counterclockwise to
tighten the new fuseholder.
Figure 3-139 Insert a flathead screwdriver into fuse-holder notch.

10 Reinstall the power supply. Reference Replacing the Power Supply on page 3-83 for more
details.
11 Reconnect the game to the power supply.
12 Confirm the power is ON.
13 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
14 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 90 Fan and Blower Assemblies

Fan and Blower This section contains procedures for performing maintenance on the fan assemblies and
Assemblies blower assembly for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Replacing the The Blade s23 has one fan assembly located in the accessory top, Figure 3-140 (A), and the
Accessory Top Fan Blade s32 has two fan assemblies - one located in the accessory top, Figure 3-140 (B), and
Assemblies one located in the box, Figure 3-140 (C).
(Blade s23 and Figure 3-140 Blade s23 fan assembly (left) and Blade s32 fan assemblies (right).
Blade s32)
A B

C
Blade s23 Blade s32

Complete the following procedure to replace the accessory top fan assembly.
1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-8 for more details.
5 Remove the secondary LCD.
For Blade s23, reference Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s23 on page 3-12 for
more details.
For Blade s32, reference Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s32 on page 3-17 for
more details.
6 Disconnect the blower power cable from the cable labeled FAN.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Fan and Blower Assemblies 3 - 91
7 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove the two 6-32 Keps nuts securing the fan grill to the
mounting bracket to the back of the cabinet, Figure 3-141 (A).
Figure 3-141 Remove nuts securing fan mounting bracket (Blade s23 shown).

8 Lift the fan grill away from the fan assembly, Figure 3-142 (A).
Figure 3-142 Remove fan grill and fan assembly from cabinet (Blade s23 shown).
A

9 Lift the fan assembly, Figure 3-143, off of the standoffs on the fan mounting bracket.
Figure 3-143 Remove fan from standoffs.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 92 Fan and Blower Assemblies
10 Locate the new fan assembly.
11 Position the fan assembly, Figure 3-144 (A), on the two standoffs on the fan mounting
bracket, Figure 3-144.
Figure 3-144 Position fan on standoffs.

12 Position the fan grill on the fan assembly, Figure 3-145 (A).
Figure 3-145 Position fan grill on fan assembly (Blade s23 shown).
A

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Fan and Blower Assemblies 3 - 93
13 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the two 6-32 Keps nuts, Figure 3-146 (A), securing
the fan grill to the fan assembly.
Figure 3-146 Tighten nuts securing fan grill to fan assembly (Blade s23 shown).

14 Connect the blower power cable to the cable labeled FAN.


15 Reinstall the secondary LCD.
For Blade s23, reference Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23 on page 3-14 for
more details.
For Blade s32, reference Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s32 on page 3-19 for
more details.
16 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-10 for more details.
17 Confirm the power is ON.
18 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
19 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Replacing the Box Complete the following step to replace the box fan assembly.
Fan Assembly 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
(Blade s32)
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-8 for more details.
5 Remove the secondary LCD. Reference Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s32
on page 3-17 for more details.
6 Disconnect the lower fan power cable from the cable labeled FAN.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 94 Fan and Blower Assemblies
7 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove the two 6-32 Keps nuts securing the fan grill to the
mounting bracket to the back of the cabinet, Figure 3-147 (A).
Figure 3-147 Remove nuts securing fan mounting bracket.

8 Lift the fan grill away from the fan assembly, Figure 3-148 (A).
Figure 3-148 Remove fan grill from fan assembly.
A

9 Lift the fan assembly, Figure 3-149, off of the standoffs on the fan mounting bracket.
Figure 3-149 Remove fan from standoffs.

10 Locate the new fan assembly.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Fan and Blower Assemblies 3 - 95
11 Position the fan assembly, Figure 3-150 (A), on the two standoffs on the fan mounting
bracket, Figure 3-150.
Figure 3-150 Position fan on standoffs.

12 Position the fan grill on the fan assembly, Figure 3-151 (A).
Figure 3-151 Position fan grill on fan assembly.
A

13 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the two 6-32 Keps nuts, Figure 3-152 (A), securing
the fan grill to the fan assembly.
Figure 3-152 Tighten nuts securing fan grill to fan assembly.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 96 Fan and Blower Assemblies
14 Connect the two power cables to the cable labeled FAN.
15 Reinstall the secondary LCD.
For Blade s23, reference Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23 on page 3-14 for
more details.
For Blade s32, reference Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s32 on page 3-19 for
more details.
16 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-10 for more details.
17 Confirm the power is ON.
18 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
19 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Replacing the Mast The Gamescape has one fan assembly located in the mast, Figure 3-153 (A).
Fan Assembly Figure 3-153 Gamescape fan assembly.
(Gamescape)

Complete the following procedure to replace the mast fan assembly.


1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Disconnect the blower power cable from the cable labeled FAN.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Fan and Blower Assemblies 3 - 97
5 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove the two 6-32 Keps nuts securing the fan grill to the
mounting bracket to the back of the mast, Figure 3-154 (A).
Figure 3-154 Remove nuts securing fan mounting bracket.

6 Lift the fan grill away from the fan assembly, Figure 3-155 (A).
Figure 3-155 Remove fan grill and fan assembly from mast.
A

7 Lift the fan assembly, Figure 3-156, off of the standoffs on the fan mounting bracket.
Figure 3-156 Remove fan from standoffs.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 98 Fan and Blower Assemblies
8 Locate the new fan assembly.
9 Position the fan assembly, Figure 3-157, on the standoffs on the fan mounting bracket.
Figure 3-157 Position fan on standoffs.

10 Position the fan grill, Figure 3-158 (A), on the fan assembly, Figure 3-158.
Figure 3-158 Position fan grill on fan assembly.
A

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Fan and Blower Assemblies 3 - 99
11 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the two 6-32 Keps nuts securing the fan grill to the
mounting bracket to the back of the mast, Figure 3-159 (A).
Figure 3-159 Tighten nuts securing fan mounting bracket.

12 Connect the blower power cable to the cable labeled FAN.


13 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
14 Confirm the power is ON.
15 Close and lock the triptych LCD and the belly door. Reference Locking and Closing the
Belly Door and the Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape on page 1-38 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 100 Fan and Blower Assemblies
Replacing the CPU Complete the following steps to replace the CPU Fan Tray Assembly.
Fan Tray Assembly
(All)
NOTE
The CPU Fan Tray Assembly is hot swappable and may be removed and installed with the
EGM power ON.

1 Place your index finger in the notch located on the right side of the fan tray assembly,
Figure 3-160.
Figure 3-160 Notch location on the fan tray assembly (left) and close-up (right).

2 Carefully pull the fan tray assembly out of the fan housing, Figure 3-161.
Figure 3-161 Pull fan tray assembly out of fan housing.

3 Locate the new CPU Fan Tray Assembly.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Fan and Blower Assemblies 3 - 101
4 Carefully push the CPU Fan Tray Assembly into the fan housing, Figure 3-162.
Figure 3-162 Push CPU Fan Tray Assembly into fan housing (left) and fully seated (right).

Replacing the Complete the following procedure to replace the bottom blower assembly, Figure 3-163.
Bottom Blower Figure 3-163 Location of bottom blower (Blade s23 shown).
Assembly
(All)

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Unlock, open, and remove the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the
Drop Door on page 1-44 for more details

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 102 Fan and Blower Assemblies
5 Using an 11/32-inch or 9 mm nut driver, remove the four nuts seated in the keyholes
securing the subwoofer to the side of the cabinet, Figure 3-164 (A).
Figure 3-164 Remove nuts securing subwoofer.

A A

A A

6 Disconnect the cable from the subwoofer.


7 Disconnect the blower power cable from the cable labeled FAN.
8 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove the two 6-32x24 panhead screws, Figure 3-165 (A),
securing the lower blower assembly to the hot airflow duct housing.
Figure 3-165 Remove the panhead screws securing lower blower assembly.

9 Bring the lower blower assembly forward and out of the cabinet, Figure 3-166.
Figure 3-166 Remove lower blower assembly from cabinet.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Fan and Blower Assemblies 3 - 103
10 Locate the new bottom blower.
11 Place the new lower blower assembly in the cabinet, Figure 3-167.
Figure 3-167 Place new lower blower assembly in cabinet.

12 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the two 6-32x24 panhead screws, Figure 3-168 (A),
securing the lower blower assembly to the hot airflow duct housing.
Figure 3-168 Tighten panhead screws securing lower blower assembly.

13 Connect the blower power cable to the cable labeled FAN.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 104 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
14 Position the subwoofer in the cabinet and, using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, tighten
the four nuts seated in the keyholes securing the subwoofer to the side of the cabinet,
Figure 3-169 (A).
Figure 3-169 Tighten four nuts securing subwoofer.

A A

A A

15 Reconnect the cable to the subwoofer.


16 Install, close, and lock the drop door. Reference Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop
Door on page 1-45 for more details.
17 Confirm the power is ON.
18 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
19 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Tower Light This section details maintenance procedures for the tower light and marquee.
and Marquee
Maintenance

Replacing the Replacing the Tower Light in a Blade 23


Tower Light Complete the following procedure to replace the tower light in a Blade s23 game cabinet.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page A-5.

WARNING
Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 5.

1 These are the parts being used in this procedure:


 tower light support, Figure 3-170 (A)
 tower light support disc plate, Figure 3-170 (B)
 tower light cover, Figure 3-170 (C)

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 105
 two tier tower light, Figure 3-170 (D)
Figure 3-170 Tower light support (top left), support disc plate (bottom left), tower light cover (center), and
two-tier tower light (right).
A C D

1 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-8 for more details.
2 Remove the main LCD. Reference Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s23 on page 3-21
for more details.
3 Disconnect the 6-pin tower light power cable, Figure 3-171 (A), from the extender cable
connected to the backplane, Figure 3-171 (B).
Figure 3-171 Disconnect tower light power cable from backplane.

A
B

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 106 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
4 Route the 6-pin tower light power cable behind the printer, around the player tracking tray,
and through the two cable clamps on the left side of the accessory top. Let the cable hang
loose through the cable access hole, Figure 3-172 (A).
Figure 3-172 Disconnect ground braid.

5 Remove the nut securing the tower light ground braid, Figure 3-172 (B).
6 From inside the game, unsecure the tower light cover from the accessory top by using a
1/4-socket to loosen the two nuts, Figure 3-173 (A).
Figure 3-173 View from inside game loosening nuts (left) and view from top of tower light (right).

A A

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 107
7 Feed the tower light power cable and ground braid through the cable access hole, and lift
the tower light cover away from the accessory top, Figure 3-174.
Figure 3-174 Lift tower light cover away from accessory top.

8 Turn the tower light cover over, and remove the two ferrites from the top, Figure 3-175 (A),
and the bottom, Figure 3-175 (B), of the tower light power cable.
Figure 3-175 Remove two ferrites.

9 With the tower light cover turned over, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver or 1/4-inch nut driver,
loosen the two 8-32 inch screws, Figure 3-176 (A), securing the tower light to the tower light
cover.
Figure 3-176 Loosen screws securing tower light to tower light cover.

A
A
A A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 108 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
10 Turn the tower light cover over and lift the two tier tower light away, Figure 3-177.
Figure 3-177 Lift tower light away from tower light cover.

11 Locate the new tower light.


12 Confirm the tower light cover is seated on top of the tower light support, Figure 3-178.
Figure 3-178 Confirm tower light cover is on top of tower light support (left) and fully seated (right).

13 Turn the tower light cover over, and confirm the tower light support disc plate,
Figure 3-179 (A), is seated inside the tower light support, Figure 3-179 (B), being sure to
align the screw holes.
Figure 3-179 Position support disc plate inside of tower light support (left) and fully seated (right).

A
B

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 109
14 Turn the tower light cover over and position the new two tier tower light on top, being sure to
align the screw holes, Figure 3-180.
Figure 3-180 Position tower light on top of tower light cover.

15 Turn the tower light cover over, and using a #2 Phillips screwdriver or 1/4-inch nut driver,
tighten the two 8-32 inch screws, Figure 3-181 (A), securing the tower light to the tower light
cover.
Figure 3-181 Tighten screws securing tower light to tower light cover.

A
A
A A

16 With the tower light cover still turned over, on the tower light power cable, add one ferrite
(using two wraps), as close to the tower light as possible, Figure 3-182 (A).
Figure 3-182 Wrap ferrites.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 110 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
17 Add a second ferrite (using two wraps) as close to the end of the tower light power cable as
possible, Figure 3-182 (B).
18 Feed the tower light power cable and ground braid through the cable access hole, and
position the tower light cover on top of the accessory top, Figure 3-183, being sure to align
the screw holes.
Figure 3-183 Position tower light cover on top of accessory top.

19 From inside the game, secure the tower light cover to the accessory top by using a 1/4-inch
socket to tighten the two nuts, Figure 3-184 (A).
Figure 3-184 View from inside game tightening nuts (left) and view from top of tower light (right).

A A

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 111
20 Tighten the nut securing the tower light ground braid, Figure 3-185 (A).
Figure 3-185 Secure ground braid.

21 Route the 6-pin tower light power cable, Figure 3-186 (A), through the cable access hole,
the two cable clamps on the left side of the accessory top, around the player tracking,
behind the printer, then connect to the extender cable connected to the backplane,
Figure 3-186 (B).
Figure 3-186 Connect ground braid and power cable (left) to backplane (right).

22 The tower light assembly is now secured and connected to the cabinet.
23 Reinstall the main LCD. Reference Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s23 on page 3-23 for
more details.
24 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-10 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 112 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
Replacing the Tower Light in a Blade s32
Complete the following procedure to replace the tower light in a Blade s32 game cabinet.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page A-5.

WARNING
Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 5.

1 These are the parts being used in this procedure:


 tower light bracket, Figure 3-187 (A)
 two tier tower light, Figure 3-187 (B)
 hardware
Figure 3-187 Tower light bracket (left) and two-tier tower light (right).
A B

1 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-8 for more details.
2 Remove the main LCD. Reference Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s32 on page 3-26
for more details.
3 Disconnect the 6-pin tower light power cable, Figure 3-188 (A), from the extender cable
connected to the backplane, Figure 3-188 (B).
Figure 3-188 Disconnect tower light power cable from backplane.

A
B

4 Route the 6-pin tower light power cable straight down.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 113
5 Remove the nut securing the tower light ground braid, Figure 3-189 (A).
Figure 3-189 Disconnect ground braid.

6 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, remove the four 1/4-inch x 20 nuts securing the tower light
bracket to the accessory top, Figure 3-190 (A).
Figure 3-190 View of four nuts inside top (left) and view of four nuts outside top (right).

A A A
A

A A
A A

7 Lift the tower light bracket away, Figure 3-191.


Figure 3-191 Lift tower light bracket away.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 114 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
8 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove the two screws securing the tower light to the tower
light bracket, Figure 3-192 (A).
Figure 3-192 Remove screws securing tower
light to tower light bracket.

A A

9 Remove the two ferrites from the top, Figure 3-193 (A), and the bottom, Figure 3-193 (B), of
the tower light power cable.
Figure 3-193 Remove two ferrites.

10 Lift the tower light away from the tower light bracket, Figure 3-194.
Figure 3-194 Lift tower light away from tower light bracket.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 115
11 Locate the new tower light.
12 Install the two ferrites to the top, Figure 3-195 (A), and the bottom, Figure 3-195 (B), of the
tower light power cable.
Figure 3-195 Install two ferrites.

13 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the two screws securing the tower light to the tower
light bracket, Figure 3-196 (A).
Figure 3-196 Tighten screws securing tower
light to tower light bracket.

A A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 116 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
14 Lift the tower light bracket on to the accessory top, Figure 3-197.
Figure 3-197 Lift tower light bracket on to accessory top.

15 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, tighten the four 1/4-inch x 20 nuts securing the tower light
bracket to the accessory top, Figure 3-198 (A).
Figure 3-198 View of four nuts inside top (left) and view of four nuts outside top (right).

A A A
A

A A
A A

16 Route the 6-pin tower light power cable behind the printer, around the player tracking tray,
and through the two cable clamps on the left side of the accessory top. Let the cable hang
loose through the cable access hole, Figure 3-199 (A).
Figure 3-199 Let cable hang and connect ground braid.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 117
17 Tighten the nut securing the tower light ground braid, Figure 3-199 (B).
18 Connect the 6-pin tower light power cable, Figure 3-200 (A), to the extender cable
connected to the backplane, Figure 3-200 (B).
Figure 3-200 Connect tower light power cable to backplane.

A
B

19 The tower light assembly is now secured and connected to the cabinet.
20 Reinstall the main LCD. Reference Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s32 on page 3-27 for
more details.
21 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-10 for more details.

Installing the For more information on installing the tower light on the Gamescape, reference Installation
Tower Light Bulletin: 1460345 Install Willy Wonka on Gamescape.
(Gamescape)

Removing the Removing the Marquee from a Blade s23


Marquee Complete the following procedure to remove the marquee from a Blade s23.
1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Confirm the power is OFF.
3 Remove the main LCD. Reference Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s23 on page 3-21
for more details.
4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-8 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 118 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
5 Remove the side panel from the left side of the cabinet, Figure 3-201 (A), to access the
emotive lighting controller assembly, Figure 3-201 (B). Reference Removing and Installing
the Side Panels on page 3-156 for more details.
Figure 3-201 Remove side panel.

A
B

6 Disconnect the marquee emotive cable from the emotive controller, Figure 3-201 (C).
7 Route the marquee emotive cable up through the cable access hole in the cabinet and then
up through the two inside left cable clamps, Figure 3-202.
Figure 3-202 Route marquee emotive cable (doors and components removed for illustrative purposes).

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 119
8 Disconnect the 8-pin marquee power cable from the backplane 2.0 PCB.
9 Carefully standing on a ladder or step ladder, remove the marquee, and if applicable, the
tower light, from the accessory top.
10 Route the 6-pin tower light power cable, the marquee power cable, and the marquee
emotive cable up and through the hole at the middle of the top of the accessory top.

Removing the Marquee from a Blade s32


Complete the following procedure to remove the marquee from a Blade s32 cabinet.
1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details.
2 Confirm the power is OFF.
3 Remove the main LCD. Reference Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s32 on page 3-26
for more details.
4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-8 for more details.
5 Remove the side panel from the left side of the cabinet, Figure 3-203 (A), to access the
emotive lighting controller assembly, Figure 3-203 (B). Reference Removing and Installing
the Side Panels on page 3-156 for more details.
Figure 3-203 Route marquee emotive cable (main door removed for illustrative purposes).

6 Disconnect the marquee emotive cable from the emotive controller, Figure 3-203 (C).

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 120 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
7 Route the marquee emotive cable up through the cable access hole in the cabinet and then
up through the two inside left cable clamps, Figure 3-204.
Figure 3-204 Route marquee emotive cable (doors and components removed for illustrative purposes).

8 Disconnect the 8-pin marquee power cable from the backplane 2.0 PCB.
9 Disconnect the 6-pin tower light cable from the 6-pin connector in the emu controller located
at the top.
10 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, remove the four 1/4-inch x 20 nuts securing the marquee to the
marquee mounting bracket, Figure 3-205 (A).
Figure 3-205 Remove nuts.

A A

A A

11 Carefully standing on a ladder or step ladder, raise the marquee from the accessory top.
12 Route the 6-pin tower light power cable, the marquee power cable, and the marquee
emotive cable up and through the hole at the middle of the top of the accessory top.
13 Confirm the power is ON.
14 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
15 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 121
Replacing/Installing Complete the following procedure to replace or install the tower light in a marquee on
the Tower Light in a Blade s23 or Blade s32 cabinets.
Marquee
(Blade s23 and NOTE
Blade 32) While this procedure contains images that assume the tower light is being replaced, it may be used to
install the tower light on to the marquee if one was not already present. This condition is provided for in the
procedure.

WARNING
Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 5.

1 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-8 for more details.
2 Remove the main LCD.
For Blade s23, reference Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s23 on page 3-21 for more
details.
For Blade s32, reference Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s32 on page 3-26 for more
details.
3 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
4 Confirm the power is OFF.
5 Disconnect the 6-pin tower light power cable from the 6-pin connector in the top,
Figure 3-206 (A).
6 Disconnect the emotive lighting cable on the marquee.
Figure 3-206 Disconnect tower light power cable (Blade s23 shown).

7 Remove the marquee.


For removing the Blade s23 marquee, reference Removing the Marquee from a Blade s23
on page 3-117.
For removing the Blade s32 marquee, reference Removing the Marquee from a Blade s32
on page 3-119.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 122 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
8 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove the four screws securing the front bezel to the
marquee assembly, Figure 3-207 (A).
Figure 3-207 Remove four screws securing front bezel to marquee assembly.

A A

A A

9 Slowly lift the front bezel assembly away from the marquee, Figure 3-208.
Figure 3-208 Lift front bezel assembly away from marquee.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 123
10 Disconnect the top and bottom 10-pin cables connected to the emotive light boards on the
front bezel assembly, Figure 3-208 (A).
11 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove the nut securing the ground braid to the front bezel
assembly.
12 Remove the ground braid from the mounting stud on the front bezel assembly,
Figure 3-208 (B).
13 Set the front bezel assembly aside on a flat, non-abrasive surface.
14 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove the four 8-32 screws securing the light board
assembly to the marquee, Figure 3-209 (A).
Figure 3-209 Remove screws securing light board to marquee.

A A

A A

B
C

15 Disconnect the power cable connected to the bottom right light board, Figure 3-209 (B). It
will be connected to port J2.
16 Remove the cables running through the top and bottom cable clamps in the light board
assembly, Figure 3-209 (C).
17 Remove the light board assembly from the marquee and set it aside on a flat, non-abrasive
surface, Figure 3-210.
Figure 3-210 Remove light board assembly.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 124 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
18 Looking in to the marquee, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove and save the two screws
securing the tower light to the top of the marquee, Figure 3-211 (A).
Figure 3-211 Remove screws securing tower light.

B A
A

19 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove and save the 8-32 Keps nut securing the tower light
ground braid to the marquee mounting bracket, Figure 3-211 (B).
20 Route the tower light power cable and ground braid through the top and the marquee stand.
21 Remove the tower light, tower light power cable, and ground braid from the marquee and
discard it, Figure 3-212.
Figure 3-212 Remove tower light.

22 Locate the new tower light.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 125
23 Position the new tower light on the marquee, Figure 3-213.
Figure 3-213 Position new tower light on marquee.

24 Position the marquee on the cabinet.


25 Route the tower light power cable and ground braid down through the top and the marquee
stand.
26 Looking in to the marquee, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the two screws securing
the tower light to the top of the marquee, Figure 3-211 (B).
27 Position the light board assembly on the marquee, Figure 3-214.
Figure 3-214 Reinstall light board assembly.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 126 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
28 Route the cables running through the top and bottom cable clamps in the light board
assembly, Figure 3-215 (A).
Figure 3-215 Tighten screws securing light board to marquee.

C C

C C

B
C

29 Connect the power cable connected to the bottom right light board, Figure 3-215 (B). It will
be connected to port J2.
30 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the four 8-32 screws securing the light board
assembly to the marquee, Figure 3-215 (C).
31 Locate the front bezel assembly.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 127
32 Secure the ground braid to the mounting stud on the front bezel assembly,
Figure 3-216 (A).
Figure 3-216 Position front bezel assembly on to marquee.

33 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the nut securing the ground braid to the front bezel
assembly.
34 Connect the top and bottom 10-pin cables connected to the emotive light boards on the
front bezel assembly, Figure 3-216 (B).
35 Position the front bezel assembly on the marquee.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 128 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
36 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the four screws securing the front bezel to the
marquee assembly, Figure 3-217 (A).
Figure 3-217 Tighten four screws securing front bezel to marquee assembly.

A A

A A

37 Connect the emotive lighting cable to the marquee.


38 Connect the 6-pin tower light cable to the 6-pin connector in the top.
39 Confirm the power is ON.
40 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
41 Reinstall the main LCD.
For Blade s23, reference Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s23 on page 3-23 for more
details.
For Blade s32, reference Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s32 on page 3-27 for more
details
42 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-10 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 129
Installing the Steps for installing the marquee on a Blade s23 or Blade s32 cabinet are as follows.
Marquee
Installing the Marquee on a Blade s23
Complete the following procedure to install the marquee on a Blade s23.

WARNING
Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 3-5.

1 If applicable, open and unlock the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33.
2 If applicable, open and unlock the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main
Door on page 1-41.
3 If applicable, confirm the power is OFF.
4 If applicable, remove the side panel to expose the emotive lighting controller.
5 Remove the secondary LCD. Reference Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s32
on page 3-17 for more details.
6 Locate the marquee mount assembly.
7 Position the marquee mount assembly outside the opening on the back of the cabinet,
Figure 3-218.
Figure 3-218 Position marquee mount assembly inside cabinet.

8 Secure the marquee mount assembly by using a #2 Phillips screwdriver to tighten the four
screws.
9 Position the marquee on the marquee mount assembly.
10 Route the 6-pin tower light power cable, marquee power cable, marquee emotive cable, and
ground braid through the middle hole in the center of the top of the accessory top.
11 Inside the marquee, using a 7/16-inch nut driver, tighten the four 1/4-inch x 20 nuts securing
the marquee to the marquee mount assembly, Figure 3-219 (A).
Figure 3-219 Secure marquee to marquee mount assembly (left) and tower light to marquee (right).

A A
B B

A A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 130 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
12 From inside the marquee, using a 7/16-inch nut driver, tighten the two 1/4-inch x 20 nuts
securing the tower light to the marquee, Figure 3-219 (B).
13 Connect the 6-pin tower light power cable to the 6-pin connector in the top.
14 Secure the ground braid to the mounting stud on the front bezel assembly,
Figure 3-220 (A).
Figure 3-220 Position front bezel assembly on to marquee.

15 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the nut securing the ground braid to the front bezel
assembly.
16 Connect the top and bottom 10-pin cables connected to the emotive light boards on the
front bezel assembly, Figure 3-220 (B).
17 Position the front bezel assembly on the marquee.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 131
18 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the four screws securing the front bezel to the
marquee assembly, Figure 3-221 (A).
Figure 3-221 Tighten four screws securing front bezel to marquee assembly.

A A

A A

19 Confirm the power is ON.


20 Reinstall the secondary LCD. Reference Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23 on
page 3-14 for more details.
21 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
22 Reinstall the main LCD. Reference Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s23 on page 3-23 for
more details.
23 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-10 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 132 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
Blade s32
Complete the following procedure to install the marquee only on a Blade s32 cabinet.

WARNING
Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 3-5.

1 If applicable, remove the side panel to expose the emotive lighting controller.
2 Locate the marquee mount assembly.
3 Position the marquee mount assembly, Figure 3-222 (A), inside the opening on the back of
the cabinet, Figure 3-222 (B).
Figure 3-222 Position marquee mount assembly on back of cabinet.

B B

A A

4 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, tighten the four 1/4-inch x 20 nuts to secure the marquee
mount assembly to the top of the cabinet, Figure 3-223 (A).
Figure 3-223 Screw locations: marquee mount assembly (left) and bottom of marquee (right).

B B
B B
B B A
A B B

A
A

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 133
5 Position the marquee on the marquee mount assembly, Figure 3-224, and using a 7/16-inch
nut driver, tighten the four 1/4-inch x 20 nuts to secure the marquee to the marquee mount
assembly, Figure 3-224 (B).
Figure 3-224 Position marquee on marquee mount assembly.

6 Connect the 6-pin tower light power cable to the 6-pin connector.
7 Connect the ground braid.
8 Connect the emotive lighting cable to the emotive lighting controller.
9 Secure the ground braid to the mounting stud on the front bezel assembly,
Figure 3-225 (A).
Figure 3-225 Position front bezel assembly on to marquee.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 134 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
10 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the nut securing the ground braid to the front bezel
assembly.
11 Connect the top and bottom 10-pin cables connected to the emotive light boards on the
front bezel assembly, Figure 3-225 (B).
12 Position the front bezel assembly on the marquee.
13 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the four screws securing the front bezel to the
marquee assembly, Figure 3-226 (A).
Figure 3-226 Tighten four screws securing front bezel to marquee assembly.

A A

A A

14 Confirm the power is ON.


15 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
16 Reinstall the main LCD. Reference Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s32 on page 3-27 for
more details.
17 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly
on page 3-10 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 135
Replacing Artwork Complete the following procedure to replace artwork in the marquee:
in the Marquee
(Blade s23 and WARNING
Blade s32) Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 5.

1 Confirm that the power is OFF.


2 Carefully standing on a ladder or step ladder, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove and
save the four #8 thread-forming screws on the back of the marquee, Figure 3-227.
Figure 3-227 Remove screws securing back of the marquee.

3 Holding the front of the marquee, lower it slightly and disconnect the top and bottom 10-pin
emotive cables connected to the emotive light boards on the front bezel assembly,
Figure 3-228 (A).
Figure 3-228 Disconnect front bezel cables.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 136 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
4 Using a #1 Phillips screwdriver, remove and save the four #4 thread-forming screws
securing the artwork to the front bezel, Figure 3-229 (A).
Figure 3-229 Remove screws securing artwork to front bezel.

A A

A A

5 Remove the artwork from the front bezel.


6 Install the new artwork on the front bezel, Figure 3-230 (A).
Figure 3-230 Install new marquee artwork.

7 Using a #1 Phillips screwdriver, secure the artwork to the front bezel with the four #4
thread-forming screws removed in step 4, Figure 3-229 (A).
8 Connect the top and bottom 10-pin cables to connect the front bezel assembly to the
marquee assembly, Figure 3-228 (A).
9 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, secure the front bezel assembly to the back of the marquee
by securing the four #8 thread-forming screws removed in step 2 to the four holes on the
back of the marquee, Figure 3-227.

CAUTION
Do not use more than 10 pounds of pressure on the screws securing the front bezel assembly to the back
of the marquee.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 137
Replacing the Complete the following procedure to replace the marquee light boards.
Marquee Light
Boards WARNING
(Blade s23 and Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 5.
Blade s32)

1 Confirm that the game is OFF.


2 Carefully standing on a ladder or step ladder, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove and
save the four #8 thread-forming screws on the back of the marquee, Figure 3-231.
Figure 3-231 Remove screws securing back of marquee.

3 Holding the front of the marquee, lower it slightly and disconnect the top and bottom 10-pin
cables connecting the front bezel to the marquee assembly, Figure 3-232 (A).
Figure 3-232 Disconnect emotive light board cables.

4 Set the front bezel assembly on a flat, non-abrasive surface.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 138 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
5 Disconnect the two power cables connected to the marquee light board that needs to be
replaced, Figure 3-233 (A). For this procedure, the middle marquee light board will be used
as an example.
Figure 3-233 Disconnect marquee light board cables.

6 Carefully free the marquee light board from the mounting studs, Figure 3-234. Use both
hands to lift the light board from the middle, and ensure not to excessively bend the light
board.
Figure 3-234 Remove marquee light board.

7 Secure the new light board to the mounting studs from which the old light board was
removed. Use both hands to push down on the light board from the middle.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 139
8 Connect the two marquee light board power cables that were disconnected in step 5,
Figure 3-235 (A).
Figure 3-235 Connect marquee light board cables.

9 Holding the front of the marquee, raise it and connect the top and bottom 10-pin emotive
cables to the connectors in the emotive light boards on the front bezel assembly,
Figure 3-236 (A).
Figure 3-236 Connect emotive light board cables.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 140 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
10 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, secure the four #8 thread-forming screws removed in step 2
to the back of the marquee, Figure 3-237.

Figure 3-237 Secure front bezel to the back of marquee.

Replacing the Complete the following procedure to replace the marquee lenses.
Marquee Lenses
(Blade s23 and WARNING
Blade s32) Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 5.

1 Identify the defective marquee lens.


2 While standing on a step ladder, carefully pull the marquee lens away from the marquee
chrome bezel, Figure 3-238.
Figure 3-238 Marquee lenses.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 141
3 Replace the marquee lens with a new lens by inserting the new lens into the space from
which the defective marquee lens was removed, Figure 3-239.
Figure 3-239 Replace marquee lenses.

Replacing the Complete the following procedure to replace the top or bottom emotive light board in the
Marquee Emotive marquee.
Light Boards
(Blade s 23 and WARNING
Blade s32) Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 5.

1 Carefully stand on a ladder or step ladder to allow access to the back of the game and
marquee.
2 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove and save the four screws securing the front bezel to
the marquee Assembly, Figure 3-240 (A).
Figure 3-240 Remove screws.

A A

A A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 142 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
3 Slowly, partially remove the front bezel assembly from the marquee, Figure 3-241.
Figure 3-241 Remove front bezel assembly.

4 Disconnect the top and bottom 10-pin cables connected to the emotive light boards on front
bezel assembly, Figure 3-241 (A).
5 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove and save the nut securing the ground braid to the
front bezel assembly.
6 Remove the ground braid from the mounting stud on the front bezel assembly,
Figure 3-241 (B).
7 Set the front bezel assembly aside on a flat, non-abrasive surface.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 143
8 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove and save the three 6-32 screws securing the top or
bottom emotive light board, Figure 3-242 (A).
Figure 3-242 Remove emotive light board.

A A

A A

9 Remove the emotive light board from the front bezel assembly.
10 Install the new emotive light board in the position from which the old emotive light board
was removed.
11 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, secure the top or bottom emotive light board to the front
bezel assembly with the three 6-32 screws removed in step 8, Figure 3-242 (A).

NOTE
The top emotive light board has the following dip switch settings:
 1 ON
 2-8 OFF
The bottom emotive light board has the following dip switch settings:
 1-3 ON
 4-8 OFF

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 144 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance
12 Raise the front bezel assembly to the marquee and, using an 11/32-inch nut driver, secure
the marquee ground braid to the front bezel assembly using the nut removed in step 5,
Figure 3-243 (A).
Figure 3-243 Secure front bezel assembly.

13 Connect the emotive cables removed in step 4 to the top and bottom 10-pin connectors in
the emotive light boards on the front bezel assembly, Figure 3-243 (B).
14 Mount the front bezel assembly to the marquee Assembly, Figure 3-243.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 - 145
15 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, secure the front bezel to the marquee assembly using the
four screws removed in step 2, Figure 3-244 (A).
Figure 3-244 Secure front bezel.

A A

A A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 146 Installing the Foot Rest (All)

Installing the This section contains procedures for removal and installation of the foot rest in the Blade s23,
Foot Rest Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.
(All)
NOTE
The information in this section pertains to both the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Removing the Complete the following steps to remove the foot rest.
Foot Rest 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on
page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Unlock, open, and remove the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the
Drop Door on page 1-44 for more details.
5 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove the four screws securing the foot rest to the bottom
of the cabinet, Figure 3-245 (A).
Figure 3-245 Remove screws securing foot rest.

A
A
A
A

6 Lift the foot rest away from the cabinet.


7 Turn the foot rest over, and using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove the six nuts,
Figure 3-246 (A), securing the sheet metal to the foot rest.
Figure 3-246 Remove screws securing sheet metal to foot rest (underside of foot rest).

A A
A
A A
A

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Installing the Foot Rest (All) 3 - 147
Installing the Complete the following steps to install the foot rest.
Foot Rest 1 Turn the foot rest over, and using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the six nuts,
Figure 3-247 (A), securing the sheet metal to the foot rest.
Figure 3-247 Tighten screws securing sheet metal to foot rest (underside of foot rest).

A A
A
A A
A

2 Position the foot rest on the cabinet.


3 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the four screws securing the foot rest to the bottom
of the cabinet, Figure 3-248 (A).
Figure 3-248 Tighten screws securing foot rest.

A
A
A
A

4 Install, close, and lock the drop door. Reference Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop
Door on page 1-45 for more details.
5 Confirm the power is ON.
6 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
7 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 148 Cashbox (All)

Cashbox The cashbox is located behind the cashbox access door and can be removed by the Drop
(All) crew. Reference Safety: Guidance on Definitions of Roles for Personnel that Repair, Maintain,
and Patronize Gaming Machine (All) on page 1-10 for more details.

NOTE
The information in this section pertains to both the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Removing the Complete the following steps to remove the cashbox.


Cashbox 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on
page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the cashbox door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Cashbox
Access Door on page 1-46 for more details.
3 Grasp the handle and pull the cashbox out of the cashbox housing, Figure 3-249.
Figure 3-249 Pull cashbox out of housing (Blade s23 shown).

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Cashbox (All) 3 - 149
Installing the To install the cashbox, grasp the handle and insert the cashbox into the cashbox housing,
Cashbox Figure 3-250.
Figure 3-250 Insert cashbox in housing (Blade s23 shown).

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 150 Player Tracking System Tray (All)

Player Tracking This section describes how to remove and install the Player Tracking System Tray in the
System Tray Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.
(All)
NOTE
The information in this section pertains to both the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the
Gamescape.

ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Removing the The player tracking system can be removed by Attendants (non-technical maintenance) and
Player Tracking Service technicians (technical maintenance); for more information on role definitions, see
System Tray Safety: Guidance on Definitions of Roles for Personnel that Repair, Maintain, and Patronize
Gaming Machine (All) on page 1-10.
Complete the following steps to remove the player tracking system tray.
1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on
page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Gently pull the printer forward, but not out of the cabinet, Figure 3-251, to give the player
tracking tray clearance when removing.
Figure 3-251 Pull printer forward (belly door removed for clarity).

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Player Tracking System Tray (All) 3 - 151
5 If applicable, remove the ground wire from the player tracking system to the grounding stud
located under the player tracking tray, Figure 3-252.
Figure 3-252 If applicable, remove ground wire from grounding stud.

6 Release the cable channel, Figure 3-253 (A), by pulling off the velcro securing it to the
cabinet from the inside of the channel, and pushing it up and out of the way.
Figure 3-253 Push cable channel out of the way.

7 Move the cable bundle out of the way for removal of the player tracking tray.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 152 Player Tracking System Tray (All)
8 Release the player tracking tray by pulling up on the PEM nut securing the player tracking
system tray to the ebox top panel, Figure 3-254 (A).
Figure 3-254 Pull up on PEM nut securing player tracking system (main door removed for clarity).

9 Slide the player tracking system tray to the left.


10 Fold the formex cover down, gently slide the player tracking system tray over the top of it,
and then pull the tray out of the cabinet and set it aside, Figure 3-255.
Figure 3-255 Remove player tracking system tray from cabinet (main door removed for clarity).

11 If applicable, disconnect any cables from the player tracking components and remove any
loose cables through the cable clamps.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Player Tracking System Tray (All) 3 - 153
Installing the Complete the following steps to install the player tracking system tray.
Player Tracking
System Tray
WARNING
To avoid damage, all cables must be secured and clear of the player tracking system tray
when it is installed in the game.

1 If applicable, connect/reconnect any cables to the player tracking components and secure
any loose cables in cable clamps.
2 Locate the player tracking system tray.
3 Ensuring that no cables are damaged, slide the player tracking system tray over the top of
the formex cover and into the cabinet, Figure 3-256, folding the formex cover up.
Figure 3-256 Slide player tracking system tray into cabinet (main door removed for clarity).

4 Slide the player tracking system tray to the right until the pem locks into place,
Figure 3-150 (A).
Figure 3-257 Player tracking system tray in place and pem closeup (main door removed for clarity).

5 Move the cable bundle into position.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 154 Player Tracking System Tray (All)
6 Secure the cable channel, Figure 3-258 (A), by adhering the velcro to the cable from the
inside of the channel.
Figure 3-258 Secure cable channel to cable.

7 If applicable, ground the player tracking system by running a ground wire from the player
tracking system to the grounding stud located under the player tracking tray, Figure 3-259.
Figure 3-259 If applicable, run ground wire from player tracking system to grounding stud.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Player Tracking System Tray (All) 3 - 155
8 Gently tilt the printer up and push it into the printer housing, Figure 3-260.
Figure 3-260 Tilt printer up and push into printer housing (main door removed for clarity).

9 Confirm the power is ON.


10 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42
for more details.
11 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23
and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 156 Removing and Installing the Side Panels

Removing and This section explains how to remove and install the side panels on the Blade s23, the
Installing the Blade s32, and the Gamescape cabinets.
Side Panels

Blade s23 The side panels on the Blade s23 are removable. Each side panel is comprised of two sections,
Figure 3-261.
Figure 3-261 Blade s23 side panel.

Complete the following steps to remove the side panels on the Blade s23.
1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on
page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Remove the printer. Reference Removing and Reinstalling the Printer on page 3-69 for
more details.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Removing and Installing the Side Panels 3 - 157
5 From the inside of the accessory top, using an 11/32-inch nut driver with a 7-inch extension,
remove the three 8-32 Keps nuts, Figure 3-262 (A), securing the top corner side panel,
Figure 3-262 (B).
Figure 3-262 Access Keps nuts from inside accessory top (top) and view of screw locations on front of top
side panel (bottom).

B
A

A A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 158 Removing and Installing the Side Panels
6 Lift the top corner side panel away from the game cabinet, Figure 3-263 (A), and set aside.
Repeat with the other side panel.
Figure 3-263 Remove small corner side panel.

7 To remove the chrome wings, Figure 3-264 (A), located on either side of the accessory top,
facing the back of the cabinet, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove the four screws (eight
total), Figure 3-264 (B), securing the chrome wings.
Figure 3-264 Chrome wings (top), remove screws (center), and accessory top with wings removed
(bottom).

B
B
B
B

A A
B
B

B
B

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Removing and Installing the Side Panels 3 - 159
8 Carefully push on the chrome wing and then pull it towards you in a swooping motion to lift
away from the accessory top. Repeat on the following side.
9 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove the three Panhead screws securing the bottom side
panels, Figure 3-265 (A), by accessing them through the inside of the base game cabinet.
Figure 3-265 Access three panhead screws from inside game (top) and view of screw locations from front
of side panel (bottom).

A
A

A
A

A
A

A
A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 160 Removing and Installing the Side Panels
10 Lift up on the side panel and slide straight back, Figure 3-266.
Figure 3-266 Remove left side panel to access emotive lighting controller assembly.

11 Lift up on the side panel and slide straight back.


12 Place the side panel aside.
13 If applicable, repeat with the other side panel.

Blade s32 The side panels on the Blade s32 are removable. Each side panel is comprised of three
sections, Figure 3-267.
Figure 3-267 Three sections of side panel.

Complete the following steps to remove the side panels on the Blade s32.
1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on
page 1-33 for more details.
2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on
page 1-41 for more details.
Service Manual & User Guide
1445543
Removing and Installing the Side Panels 3 - 161
3 Confirm the power is OFF.
4 Remove the printer. Reference Removing and Reinstalling the Printer on page 3-69 for
more details.
5 Remove plastic upper swoosh (image to follow).
6 From the inside of the accessory top, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver with a 7-inch
extension, remove the three 8-32 Keps nuts, Figure 3-268 (A), securing the small corner
side panel.
Figure 3-268 Three Keps nut locations for small corner side panel.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
3 - 162 Removing and Installing the Side Panels
7 From the inside of the cabinet, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver with a 7-inch extension,
remove the two 8-32 Keps nuts, Figure 3-269 (A), securing the middle side panel, and the
three 8-32 Keps nuts, Figure 3-269 (B), securing the bottom side panel.
Figure 3-269 Keps nut locations.

8 Lift up on the two side panels and slide straight back.


9 Place the side panels aside.
10 If applicable, repeat with the other side panel.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Overview
Troubleshooting

The purpose of this chapter is to serve as a reference for basic troubleshooting of the
4
Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape cabinets.
For tilt codes, tower light codes, and all diagnostic procedures, reference the Troubleshooting
chapter of the Service Manual 16-020832: CPU-NXT, CPU-NXT2, CPU-NXT3 Operating
System (OS).

Preventing Depending on the procedure, measures must be taken to prevent electrical shock and/or
Injury and electrostatic discharge (ESD) when servicing the game.
Damage
ESD
Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page 3.

Table of In this chapter:


Contents Overview ........................................................................................................................... 4-1
Preventing Injury and Damage........................................................................................ 4-1
Table of Contents ............................................................................................................. 4-1
Basic Game Troubleshooting ......................................................................................... 4-2
Gamescape Troubleshooting .......................................................................................... 4-9

Service Manual & User Guide: Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape
1445543 - May 27, 2016
TecDoc14A - Beta1
4-2 Basic Game Troubleshooting

Basic Game Reference Table 4-1 for a list of basic troubleshooting steps.
Troubleshooting Table 4-1 Basic Game Troubleshooting.
Game Condition Troubleshooting Steps
The game is plugged in and the Main LCD 1 Verify that there is no physical damage to the LCD.
is blacked out.
2 Verify the power cable is connected to the Main LCD.
3 Verify the DVI Cable connection from the CPU to the primary LCD, or,
depending on the theme, check the VGA to DVI Cable connection
from the CPU to the LCD.
4 Verify the LED on the back of the LCD is illuminated. If it is not
illuminated, verify that the LCD is receiving power and that the power
cables are plugged into the monitor.
5 Verify that the LED on the back of the LCD is green, if it is illuminated.
If it is amber, the LCD is not receiving signal and both DVI
connections need to be properly installed and secured.
6 Verify that the power button on the LCD is in the ON position.
7 Swap the connection from the secondary LCD to the Main LCD at the
CPU and reboot the system. Identify if the problem follows the LCD
cable connections or the CPU.
8 Check the LCD fuse (for Video only).
9 Verify that the CPU is receiving power.
10 Disconnect all CPU connections and reseat the CPU.
11 Verify that the CPU Bulkhead Board is properly latched.
12 Verify that the BIOS and SPI Chips are properly installed in the CPU
assembly and have no bent, broken, or damaged pins.
13 Replace the video cable.
14 Replace the blacked out LCD if it was determined to be the cause of
no video. Verify that the LED indicators are ON/OFF first and if video
and power are applied.
15 Replace the CPU if it was determined to be the cause of no video.
16 Replace the Power Supply if it was determined to be the cause of no
video.
17 Confirm that the NXT CPU module is receiving power and the CPU
Fan is spinning.
18 Replace the Bulkhead Board.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Basic Game Troubleshooting 4-3
Table 4-1 Basic Game Troubleshooting.
Game Condition Troubleshooting Steps
The game is plugged in and the Crown 1 Verify that there is no physical damage to the LCD.
LCD is blacked out.
2 Verify the power cable is connected to the Crown LCD.
3 Verify that the power connections for the secondary LCD are properly
mated.
4 Verify that both ends of the DVI cable are properly connected to the
CPU and LCD.
5 Verify the LED on the back of the Crown LCD is illuminated. If it is not
illuminated, verify that the Crown LCD is receiving power and that the
power cables are plugged into the monitor.
6 if the LED on the back of the Crown LCD is not illuminated, check the
LCD Fuse.
7 Verify that the power button on the LCD is in the ON position.
8 Swap the connection from the secondary LCD to the Main LCD at the
CPU and reboot the system. Identify if the problem follows the LCD
cable connections or the CPU.
9 Disconnect all CPU connections and reseat the CPU.
10 Verify that the power cable is plugged into the CPU and that the CPU
is receiving power.
11 Verify that the LED on the back of the Crown LCD is green, if it is
illuminated. If it is amber, the LCD is not receiving signal and both
DVI connections need to be properly installed and secured.
12 Verify the Power Cable is connected to the Crown LCD and to the
Power Supply.
13 Reseat the CPU.
14 Disconnect all CPU connections and reseat the CPU in the Bulkhead
Board Assembly. Ensure that the CPU Bulkhead Board is properly
latched. Reboot the game.
15 Verify that the BIOS and SPI Chips are properly installed in the CPU
assembly and have no bent, broken, or damaged pins.
16 Replace the video cable.
17 Replace the blacked out LCD if it was determined to be the cause of
no video. Verify that the LED indicators are ON/OFF first and if video
and power are applied.
18 Replace the CPU if it was determined to be the cause of no video.
19 Replace the Power Supply if it was determined to be the cause of no
video.
20 Confirm that the NXT CPU module is receiving power and the CPU
Fan is spinning.
21 Replace the Bulkhead Board.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
4-4 Basic Game Troubleshooting
Table 4-1 Basic Game Troubleshooting.
Game Condition Troubleshooting Steps
The game is plugged in and both LCDs are 1 Verify that there is no physical damage to the LCDs.
blacked out.
2 Verify that the video connections are properly mated to the CPU and
to the LCDs.
3 Verify the LED on the back of the LCD is illuminated. If it is not
illuminated, verify that the LCD is receiving power and that the power
cables are plugged into the monitor.
4 Verify that the power cables are properly mated between the LCDs
and the LCD power sources.
5 Verify that the CPU is receiving power and has an illuminated LED.
6 Verify that the Bulkhead Board is receiving power and has an
illuminated LED.
7 Verify that the Emotive Lighting Components are receiving power.
8 Check the LCD Fuses and replace if necessary.
9 Disconnect all CPU connections and reseat the CPU in the Bulkhead
Board Assembly. Ensure that the CPU Bulkhead Board is properly
latched. Reboot the game.
10 Verify the DVI Cable connection from the CPU to the primary LCD, or,
depending on the theme, check the VGA to DVI Cable connection
from the CPU to the LCD.
11 Replace applicable LCD cables.
12 Replace applicable LCD Fuses.
13 Verify the Power Cable is connected to the LCD and to the Power
Supply.
14 Replace the blacked out LCD. Verify that the LED indicators are
ON/OFF first and if video and power are applied.
15 Replace the CPU if it was determined to be the cause of no video.
16 Replace the Power Supply if it was determined to be the cause of no
video.
17 Confirm that the NXT CPU module is receiving power and the CPU
Fan is spinning.
18 Replace the Bulkhead Board if it was determined to be the cause of
no video.
Chirping Switch and Unexpected 1 Reference the Troubleshooting chapter of the Service Manual
Open/Close events are appearing in the 16-020832: CPU-NXT, CPU-NXT2, CPU-NXT3 Operating Systems
Event History, as well as in the Host (OS).
back-end logs.
2 Reseat the CPU.
3 Verify the Door/Key Switch cable is connected to J10 on the
Bulkhead Board.
4 Visually inspect all harness/terminators for any damage such as
scraped insulation, exposed bare wire, pinched or discolored wires.
5 Verify that the Player Tracking connections are secure.
6 Verify the connection to the suspect switch is secure.
7 Check the connectors and terminators for any loose connections at
all terminations.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Basic Game Troubleshooting 4-5
Table 4-1 Basic Game Troubleshooting.
Game Condition Troubleshooting Steps
No sound from sound system No Sound:
1 Verify all connections to speakers and/or Audio Amplifier.
2 Verify that the SPDIF connecter is fully seated at the CPU and the
Audio Amplifier.
3 Verify that no cables are damaged.
4 Verify that the power cable is mated between the amplifier and the
amplifier power source and is not damaged.
5 Verify that the speaker cable (the amplifier output) is mated to the
amplifier and is not damaged.
6 Verify that the speakers (the subwoofer and two satellite speakers)
are mated to the cables.
7 Verify that the power cable is plugged into the CPU.
8 Reseat the CPU in the Bulkhead Board Assembly and ensure that
the CPU Bulkhead Board is properly latched. Reboot the system.
9 Verify that the BIOS and SPI Chips are properly installed in the CPU
assembly and have no bent, broken, or damaged pins.
10 Replace the Amplifier if it was determined to be the cause of no
sound.
11 Replace the Power Supply if it was determined to be the cause of no
sound.
12 Replace the Power Distribution Board if it was determined to be the
cause of no sound.
13 Replace the CPU if it was determined to be the cause of no sound.
14 Replace necessary speakers and/or Audio Amplifier.
Malfunctioning Speaker Assembly If only one of the three speaker assembles (one subwoofer and two
satellite speakers) is not functioning:
1 Ensure that the cable extending from the amplifier is connected to the
speaker.
2 Inspect the connections at the speaker assembly that is exhibiting the
problem. If the connections or wires are damaged, replace the
speaker assembly.
3 Inspect the cable the connects between the Amplifier and speaker
assemblies. Replace the cable is damaged.
4 If all three speakers are malfunctioning, verify that the connection
from the CPU to the Amplifier is not damaged. Adjust the SPDIF
cable at the CPU to determine if it corrects the malfunctioning audio.
5 Verify that the connections from the speakers to the amplifier are
plugged in and not damaged.
Malfunctioning Audio Amplifier 1 Verify that the amplifier is mated to a power source, is receiving 24V
DC, and that the connections are not damaged.
2 Verify that the SPDIF connections at the Amplifier and the CPU are
properly seated and are not damaged.
3 Verify that all speaker connections are properly mated and are not
damaged.
4 Adjust the SPDIF connections at the Amplifier and identify if this
alters audio functionality.
5 Adjust the SPDIF connections at the CPU and identify if this alters
audio functionality.
6 Replace applicable cables if they were determined to be the cause of
the malfunctioning Audio Amplifier.
7 Replace the Amplifier if it was determined to be the cause of the
malfunctioning audio.
8 Replace the power source (Power Supply, Power Distribution Board)
if it was determined to be the cause of the malfunctioning Audio
Amplifier
9 Replace the CPU if it was determined to be the cause of the
malfunctioning audio.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
4-6 Basic Game Troubleshooting
Table 4-1 Basic Game Troubleshooting.
Game Condition Troubleshooting Steps
No player tracking communication to the 1 Configure the game options.
back end, Host Comm error, or Protocol
error. 2 Configure the player tracking options on both the game and the back
end.
3 Verify the +5V DC connection on the Bulkhead Board from the Power
Supply.
4 Check the LED power lights on the Bulkhead Board.
5 Verify the harness connection for the SMIB to Com Ports 1 and 2 on
the Bulkhead Board.
6 Replace the game Power Supply.
7 Perform the following:
 Replace the harness from the backplane to the SMIB
 Check all connections on the SMIB
 Replace the SMIB Power Supply
 RAM Clear the SMIB
8 Replace the SMIB.
Game comes up with a double call 1 Replace the BIOS Firmware.
attendant window or No Trigger errors.
2 Replace the SPI Firmware.
3 Replace both pieces of firmware at the same time.
4 Replace the CPU.
Game reboots repeatedly. 1 Verify that the connections for the Power Cord, between the Power
Supply and casino junction box, are properly mated and are not
damaged.
2 Disconnect all connections to the CPU and remove the CPU from the
Bulkhead Board assembly.
Verify that the BIOS and SPI Chips do not have bent, broken, or
damaged pins. If they do, replace the Chips.
Verify that the BIOS and SPI Chips are properly installed.
3 Verify that there are no bent or damaged pins on the CPU or
Bulkhead Board CPU interface.
4 Reinstall the CPU.
5 Verify that the CPU is properly seated in the Bulkhead Board
assembly and that the CPU/Bulkhead Board latch is properly
secured and that all connections are made to the CPU.
6 Disconnect the power connections from the Power Supply to the
Bulkhead Board at the Bulkhead Board. Verify if the Power Supply
continues to reboot repeatedly.
7 If the Power Supply does not continue to reset itself with these cables
disconnected, reconnect the cables one at a time until the system
resumes rebooting repeatedly.
Replace the cables determined to be responsible for the rebooting.
8 If the Power Supply continues to reset itself, disconnect the two
auxiliary connections at the Power Supply.
Reinstall each cable one at a time until the system resumes
rebooting repeatedly.
Inspect the cables and peripheral components that utilize these
power connections for damages.
9 If step 6 through step 8 do not work, disconnect the following
connections at the Bulkhead Board to see if the reboot issue has
stopped:
USB Hub Power
Power Distribution Board Power
Printer
Bill Validator
Tower Lamp
Then reinstall the cables one at a time to determine if they are the
cause of the rebooting.
10 Replace applicable cables and/or assemblies that are causing
rebooting.
11 Replace the Power Supply if it is determined to be causing the
rebooting.
12 Replace the CPU if it is determined to be causing the rebooting.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Basic Game Troubleshooting 4-7
Table 4-1 Basic Game Troubleshooting.
Game Condition Troubleshooting Steps
Game is not booting up all the way. 1 Verify the size of the RAM card on the CPU.
2 Replace the RAM card.
3 Replace the game CompactFlash card.
4 Replace the Operating System (OS) CompactFlash card.
5 Confirm that the BIOS Firmware is properly installed.
6 Replace the BIOS Firmware.
7 Confirm that the SPI Firmware is properly installed.
8 Replace the SPI Firmware.
9 Check for shorts or loose wiring.
10 Replace the Power Supply.
11 Replace the CPU.
Game and OS mismatch 1 Replace the OS CompactFlash Card.
2 Replace the game CompactFlash Card.
3 Replace the CPU.
4 Replace the Bulkhead Board.
Tower Light not functioning 1 Verify the Tower Light is connected to the Bulkhead Board.
2 Verify the Tower Light is connected to the Power Distribution Board.
3 Verify that the connection from the Tower Light to the extension cable
is mated in the Accessory Box.
4 Verify that the LEDs in the Tower Lamp are properly installed in the
Tower Lamp assembly.
5 Verify that the CPU is properly seated in the Bulkhead Board
assembly and that the latch is properly secured.
6 Verify that the cables connected between the Bulkhead Board and
Power Distribution Board and the Tower Light are not damaged.
7 Replace the Power Distribution Board if it is determined to be causing
the Tower Light malfunction.
8 Replace the Bulkhead Board if it is determined to be causing the
Tower Light malfunction.
9 Replace the Tower Lamp if it is determined to be causing the Tower
Light malfunction.
10 Replace the CPU if it is determined to be causing the Tower Light
malfunction.
Game does not seem to be receiving 1 Verify the connection to the outlet.
power.
2 Verify the Power Strip under the game to see if it has been tripped (if
applicable).
3 Verify the line cord is connected to the power filter.
4 Replace the power cord.
5 Check the fuse on the Power Supply.
6 Replace the fuse on the Power Supply.
7 Replace Power Supply.
8 Replace the CPU.
Sleeping Forever error. 1 Perform a RAM Clear.
2 Replace the CPU.
3 Replace the software.
4 Replace the Bulkhead Board.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
4-8 Basic Game Troubleshooting
Table 4-1 Basic Game Troubleshooting.
Game Condition Troubleshooting Steps
Game does not reboot properly. 1 Confirm the following:
 The LED power lights on the Bulkhead Board are lit
 All cables are properly connected
 The SPI Firmware is properly installed
 With the CPU-NXT3 door open, the four power LEDs are lit (3.3V, 5V,
12V, and 15V)
If power indicator LEDs are not lit, set the game Power Switch to OFF
and verify that CPU-NXT3 Board is properly seated.
 OS and game CompactFlash Cards are installed and fully seated
 BIOS Firmware is installed and fully seated
2 Replace the CPU.
CPU Fan does not spin. 1 Confirm that the Power Cable on the CPU Enclosure Fan is properly
connected.
2 Replace the CPU Fan.
3 Replace the CPU.
CPU-NXT3.2x is overheated. 1 Confirm the following:
 Power Cable on CPU Enclosure Fan is properly connected.
 Fan works.
 There is no obstruction.
2 Replace the CPU.
All CPU LEDs (VGA_E, VGA_A, 3.3V, 5V, Confirm the following:
12V, and 15V) remain lit for the entire
duration the game Power Switch is set to  BIOS Firmware is properly installed.
ON.  BIOS Firmware is not damaged where connected to the socket.
 RAM card is present, properly installed, and free of debris.
 RAM is functioning properly by swapping it with a known good RAM
Card.
 CPU is properly seated.
 Power Cord is fully plugged into power filter and outlet.
Display prompts user to use the touch Confirm the following:
screen to select an action while performing
RAM Clear.  The RAM Clear CompactFlash card is installed in the OS
CompactFlash slot.
The two options given are as follows:
 SPI Firmware is installed and in the proper orientation.
 clear NVRAM
NOTE: If the SPI was previously installed in the incorrect orientation, it
 clear NVRAM and EPROM will require a replacement.
 All the pins of the SPI are free of damage and are inserted into their
corresponding sockets.
Error Text Displays: 1 Confirm the following:
PREPART DSS Signature Validation failed  The non-conductive battery tabs were removed from the CPU-NXT3
batteries.
 The OS and game CompactFlash Cards are installed into their
corresponding locations and are fully inserted. Complete the
following steps to confirm:
2 Power down the game.
3 Remove the OS and game CompactFlash Cards.
4 Replace the OS and game CompactFlash Cards, ensuring they are
securely installed.
5 Power up the game.
Emotive Lighting PCBs are not all 1 Check the Emotive Lighting Controller Board Status LEDs.
functioning.
2 Check the CAT5e Connections to each PCB.
3 Replace non-functioning PCBs.
4 Replace CAT5e Cables.
5 Replace the Emotive Lighting Controller Board.
After RAM Clearing, the game won’t load Replace the Button Panel.
past Game CompactFlash Card screen and
stops loading.
Both LCDs display a "NO SYNC" message. Replace the BIOS chip.

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Gamescape Troubleshooting 4-9
Gamescape Reference Table 4-2 for a list of Gamescape troubleshooting steps.
Troubleshooting Table 4-2 Gamescape Troubleshooting.
Game Condition Troubleshooting Steps
No sound from soundbar. 1 Confirm the speaker system and subwoofer controlled by audio amp
are connected to power.
2 No sound on bottom - confirm the speaker cables above and below
have not been swapped.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape


May 27, 2016
4 - 10 Gamescape Troubleshooting

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Overview
Serviceable Parts & Wiring Diagrams

The purpose of this chapter is to identify select serviceable parts for the Blade s23, Blade s32,
5
and Gamescape cabinets. These parts are current as of the manual publication date and may
change without notice.

Table of In this chapter:


Contents Overview ........................................................................................................................... 5-1
Table of Contents ...................................................................................... 5-1
Serviceable Parts ...................................................................................... 5-2
Assemblies................................................................................................................... 5-2
Audio Components ...................................................................................................... 5-2
Bezels .......................................................................................................................... 5-2
Brackets ....................................................................................................................... 5-2
Button Panels............................................................................................................... 5-3
Control Subsystem Components (including Backplane).............................................. 5-3
Emotive Lighting .......................................................................................................... 5-3
Electrical Cables .......................................................................................................... 5-4
Emotive Lighting .......................................................................................................... 5-5
Fans ............................................................................................................................. 5-5
LCDs ............................................................................................................................ 5-5
Miscellaneous .............................................................................................................. 5-5
Switches....................................................................................................................... 5-6
Tower Light .................................................................................................................. 5-6
Blade s32 Unique Serviceable Parts ............................................................. 5-7
Gamescape (Willy Wonka) Serviceable Parts ................................................. 5-8
Gamescape Wiring Diagrams ...................................................................... 5-9

1445543 - May 27, 2016


5-2 Serviceable Parts

Serviceable This section contains serviceable parts for the Blade base cabinet.
Parts
Assemblies Reference Table 5-1 for assemblies.
Table 5-1 Assemblies.
Part Number Description
1446329 assy: lock plate with label
1433807 fan assembly: 12VDC, 70x70x15mm, 6", KKF, with tachometer
and fan guard
1431241-001 assy marquee-standard finish
1442212-001 assy: emotive marquee-backlit glass-std finish
1454901 assy: backplane 2.0
1443341 assy: fan tray bp 2.0
1446332 assy: struct
1445187-01 assy: ebox plastic and logo-standard
1433522 assy: oled display sm-white
1433523 asy: oled display lg-white
6651-023761-00-00 fan assy: 12v, 6", 120x120x25mm, mfm

Audio Components Reference Table 5-2 for audio components.


Table 5-2 Audio components.
Part Number Description
1438511 audio amplifier assembly, class D, 4 ch output, single-subwfr
1454186 high frequency, titanium cone, satellite speaker module, ggec only
1436538-01 plastic: LH speaker bezel, graphite
1436530-P47 bladexd speaker grill, graphite

Bezels Reference Table 5-3 for bezels.


Table 5-3 Bezels.
Part Number Description
1441702-01 assy: Blade XD 23 LCD bezel STD finish
1445021 actr: monitor bezel 23

Brackets Reference Table 5-4 for brackets.


Table 5-4 Brackets.
Part Number Description
1441624-P01 brkt: lg support-marquee-blk wrkl
1437018 brkt: power supply mtg-ebox

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Serviceable Parts 5-3
Button Panels Reference Table 5-5 for button panel components.
Table 5-5 Button Panel components.
Part Number Description
1445725 button deck pcb cover
1442559-01 assy: button deck blase s23-graphite
1441797 elastomer, alt construction bp
A-1433473 pcba: 13 btn pbp main
1425783 lens: lrg btn-white OLED
1425784 lens: sml btn-white OLED
1433522 assy: oled display sm-white
01-1202009 esd shield sm
01-1202010 gasket: OLED sm
01-1202011 OLED LID SM
1433523 assy: oled display lg-white
01-1202013 gasket: oled lg
01-1202014 esd shield lg
01-1202015 oled lid lg
01-1202001 embossed shield pbp
01-1201985 carrier oled metalized-sn
01-1201987 carrier oled metalized-lg
091-1201982 2.2x8mm torxpanstzncr3
1433230-01 plastic: lower button deck cover-graphite

Control Subsystem Reference Table 5-6 for control subsystem components.


Components
(including Table 5-6 Control subsystem components.
Backplane) Part Number Description
6880-026489-00-00 battery: coin cell, 3V, 24.5mm
1454901 assy: backplane 2.0

Emotive Lighting Reference Table 5-7 for Emotive Lighting components.


Table 5-7 Emotive Lighting components.
Part Number Description
A-1101453 pcba:; emu panel, bb3 topper discrete
1443129 pcba: led gi 6" strip II
1439370 pcba: backplane 2.0
1446547 pcba: emu panel, button deck, master, addr 7
1446548 pcba: emu panel, crown, dual master
1443306 pcba: emu panel, side left, linear, slave
1443307 pcba: emu panel, side right, linear, slave

May 27, 2016


5-4 Serviceable Parts
Electrical Cables Table 5-8 lists the serviceable electrical cables in the Blade base cabinet. Reference the Wiring
Diagram for more information and the location/purpose of each cable.
Table 5-8 Electrical cables.
Part Number Description
1439769 cbl: bill stacker switch-cabinet
1439772 cbl: printer-cabinet
1439787 cbl: dc dist - emu
1439788 cbl: drop door switch-cabinet
1439789 cbl: belly door switch-cabinet
1439796 cbl: dc power, backplane
1439797 cbl: bill validator
1439798 cbl: bill door switch-cabinet
1441679 cbl: ac dist-ebox
1441693 cbl: emu 3.0 to BP/foot light boards
1441694 cbl: crown input, emu 3.0
1441695 cbl: crown light, side jumpers
1441824 cbl: cab ID, blade 23
1445188 cbl: topper, emu light input
1446171 cbl: dc dist-audio w/ferrite
1446173 cbl: dc dist - lower lcd w/ferrite
1446187 cbl: dc dist - upper lcd w/ferrite
1446194 cbl: top display switch
1446195 cbl: fan, upper cabinet, backplane x
1446196 cbl: blower, lower cabinet, backplane x
1446248 cbl: 3’ displayport cable w/#31 ferrite
1446250 cbl: 5’ displayport cable w/#31 ferrite
1446883 cbl: BPx pts pwr mon adapter
1448047 cbl: 6’ SPDIF cable with one - #31 ferrite
1448101 cbl: marquee extension, emu 3.0
1449402 cbl: dc power, OLED button panel w/ferrite
1449408 cbl: tower light extension
1449761 cbl: Main Door/Admin switch-cabinet
1455043 cbl: speaker dist w/ferrite
HD-1425161 cbl: +12V DC-3PMF-8PMF M/F, 4ft
HD-027625-00-60-005 cbl: rj45 mld, elsync interconnect, 10’
HD-030536-00-08 cbl: +12V DC JMPR-3P srmff, 08in
HS-10581-00-00 cbl: db09 ext 6ft db9
HS-018720-00-06 cbl: s/pdif rca plug/plug, 6ft
HS-018303-00-03 cbl: usb 2.0 a-b, 3ft
HU-1403125 cbl: ac power switch
HS-020861-00-04 cbl: usb 2.0, a-b rt angle, 4ft
HD-022001-00-00 cbl: key switch 4"

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Serviceable Parts 5-5
Emotive Lighting Reference Table 5-9 for Emotive Lighting components.
Table 5-9 Emotive Lighting components.
Part Number Description
A-1101453 pcba:; emu panel, bb3 topper discrete
1443129 pcba: led gi 6" strip II
1439370 pcba: backplane 2.0
1446547 pcba: emu panel, button deck, master, addr 7
1446548 pcba: emu panel, crown, dual master
1443306 pcba: emu panel, side left, linear, slave
1443307 pcba: emu panel, side right, linear, slave

Fans Reference Table 5-10 for fan components.


Table 5-10 Fan components.
Part Number Description
6651-1407547 blower: +24VDC / low alarm lock, 75x75x30 4PF-microfit
1443341 assy: fan tray bp 2.0

LCDs Reference Table 5-11 for LCD components.


Table 5-11 LCD components.
Part Number Description
1446600 display: 23"W FHD premium touch LCD w/ODC and displayport 16:9
1446601 display: 23" W FHD premium non-touch LCD w/ODC and displayport, 16:9

Miscellaneous Reference Table 5-12 for Miscellaneous components.


Table 5-12 Miscellaneous components.
Part Number Description
1441719 plate: reaction eject
1445488 cam: flt 1.40 x .80 dual mtg
6799-006989-00-10 BRAID: GROUND - #8, #8, 15"
1433325-D15 BLADEXD DECK COVER LEFT - SATIN NICKEL
1436807-D15 BLADEXD DECK COVER RIGHT - SATIN NICKEL
1433248-D01 BLADEXD SWOOP BUTTON DECK FRONT - CHROME
1433234-01 PLASTIC: LOWER RH COVER-GRAPHITE
1437212-01 PLASTIC: RH SPEAKER BEZEL-GRAPHITE
1433250-D01 BLADEXD SWOOP BUTTON DECK RIGHT SIDE - CHROME
1433233-01 PLASTIC: LOWER LH COVER-GRAPHITE
1433249-D01 BLADEXD SWOOP BUTTON DECK LEFT SIDE - CHROME
1444318 4-20X04 PHL PAN
1433059-03 BLADEXD FOOT CENTER BOTTOM FILLER-SATIN SILVER
1433055-03 PLASTIC: FOOT RH SIDE COVER-SATIN SILVER
1433057-03 PLASTIC: FOOT LH SIDE COVER-SATIN SILVER
1436065-01 PLASTIC: FOOT SIDE CAP LH-BLACK
1436064-01 PLASTIC: FOOT SIDE CAP RH-BLACK
6765-1426591 power supply: 750w, multi-output

May 27, 2016


5-6 Serviceable Parts
Table 5-12 Miscellaneous components.
Part Number Description
1439454 CVR: POWER SUPPLY COVER
1439541-01 PLASTIC: CASH BOX COVER-GRAPHITE
20-027075-00-00 lock: no key, shpng - lg
1442616 cam: .25 offset x .75W x .06 THK
1442250 SCREW: SHOULDER SCREW 5/16" DIAMETER X 5/8" LONG SHOULDER, 1/4"-20
THREAD
1444342 CLEVIS PIN, 1/2" DIA, .75" L
01-1200789 Cotter Pin - 0.125" wire dia, for 0.5 - 0.75 diameter shaft (ref Mcmaster # 98335A069 or
equivalent)
1441511-01 PLASTIC: LEFT SWOOP WING-CHROME
1441512-01 PLASTIC: LEFT SWOOP WING cap -graphite
1441517-01 PLASTIC: right SWOOP WING-CHROME
1441518-01 PLASTIC: right SWOOP WING cap-graphite
01-029340-00-00 grd: fan 4.69" stl
1433230-01 plastic: lower button deck cover-graphite
1445488 cam: flt 1.40 x .80 dual mtg
20-10061-04 spcr: lock 1/4" (.25)
6731-008493-00-00 fuse: 5x20mm, hc, sb, 3.15a, 250v
1452957 tray: player tracking
4006-027320-04 6-32 pin in torx 1/4" lg bh socket cap screw

Switches Reference Table 5-13 for switch components.


Table 5-13 Switch components.
Part Number Description
6642-002513-00-00 sw: rocker, dpst, non0illuminate
6643-13204-0-00 sw: momentary w/cheat-interlock
6643-14246-00-00 sw: momentary dpdt interlock
66443-10059-00-00 sw: lck 09.25 term, momentary

Tower Light Reference Table 5-14 for tower light components.


Table 5-14 Tower Light components.
Part Number Description
A-1101595 twr lt: led 2 tier bb chrome
20-012686-02-00 pckt: tower light inserts leg bb twr light

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Blade s32 Unique Serviceable Parts 5-7
Blade s32 This section contains serviceable parts for the Blade s32 cabinet. Reference Table 5-15.
Unique
Serviceable Table 5-15 Blade s32 Unique Serviceable Parts.
Parts Part Number Description
15444395 twr lt: led 2 tier bb chrome
1444396 pckt: tower light inserts leg bb twr light
1446195 cbl: dc dist - Lower LCD
1446249 cbl: dc dist - Upper LCD
1446251 cbl: fan, upper cabinet, backplane x
1448119 cbl: crown input, 8 pin emu 3.0
1448222 cbl: fan, top upper cabinet, backplane x
1448223 cbl: top display switch
HS-015217-00-00 cbl: VGA, low profile, M//M, 6Ft
HS-020861-00-04 cbl: usb 2.0, a-b rt angle, 4 ft
1432832 PCBA: MECHANICAL BUTTON USB INTERFACE III
1448492 LCD, 10.4" LED, multi-touch, DisplayPort, VGA, fully integrated, Alternate Construction
Option 1
1448522 BUTTON: SQUARE BUTTON
1448523 BUTTON: ROUND BUTTON
HD-1436767 CBL: 3 BUTTON PANEL, USB INTERFACE
1444390 cbl: CAB ID, BLADE 32
1436761-ALT1 32" Blade s32 display, touchscreen, LG SFM1 panel, 2486 A/D board, DP ESD fixes
1436762-ATL1 32" Blade s32 display, non-touchscreen, LG SFM1 panel, 2486 A/D board, DP ESD fixes
01-027240-00-00 CHAIR MOUNTING BRACKET
1444188 FOOT CENTER COVER - WITH CHAIR
1445397-01 FOOT CENTER-INNER RIGHT COVER (GRAPHITE)
1445396-01 FOOT CENTER-INNER LEFT COVER (GRAPHITE)

May 27, 2016


5-8 Gamescape (Willy Wonka) Serviceable Parts

Gamescape This section contains serviceable parts for the Gamescape (Willy Wonka) cabinet. Reference
(Willy Wonka) Table 5-16.
Serviceable
Parts Table 5-16 Gamescape (Willy Wonka) Serviceable Parts.
Part Number Description
1456358 Assy: leap motion housing
31-1457494-WH-01 World of Wonka Top Box Wheel
6651-028381-00-00 blower assy:+12vdc 75x75x30mm 11" 3pmfm
A-1452773 ASY: 23 WEDGE WHEEL MECH
1448971-01 LCD: TRIPTYCH DISPLAY, 26.5 IN SQUARE LCD, 21.5 IN LCD-STD
A-1455950-01 ASY: MONITOR 42IN LANDSCAPE GS BLACK
A-1455950-02 ASY: MONITOR 42IN LANDSCAPE GS BROWN

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
Gamescape Wiring Diagrams 5-9
Gamescape Please reference DOC-0001162 for the Gamescape Mast Wiring diagram and DOC-0001086 for
Wiring the Gamescape Wiring diagram.
Diagrams

May 27, 2016


5 - 10 Gamescape Wiring Diagrams

Service Manual & User Guide


1445543
SG GAMING

GAMESCAPE SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION


GAMESCAPE WIRING DIAGRAM
DOC‐0001086
VERSION AUTHOR DESCRIPTION OF CHANGES DATE
0.1 V. Mercado INITIAL RELEASE 09/29/15
0.2 V. Mercado Top box updates 01/05/16
0.3 V. Mercado Updated cable list 01/06/16
1.0 V. Mercado Release 01/07/16
1.1 V.Mercado Release update (updated error on page 3) 02/10/16

1
SG Proprietary and Confidential
Wiring Diagram Item Reference PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION CABLE TYPE
1 1439769 CBL: BILL STACKER SWITCH‐CABINET DC POWER / COMMUNICATION

2 1439772 CBL: PRINTER‐CABINET DC POWER / COMMUNICATION

3 1439775 CBL: MAIN DOOR/ADMIN SWITCH‐CABINET COMMUNICATION

4 1439779 CBL: TOWER LIGHT EXTENSION POWER / COMMUNICATION

5 1446165 CBL: SPEAKER DIST‐CABINET POWER / COMMUNICATION

6 1439787 CBL: DC DIST‐ EMU DC POWER

7 1439788 CBL: DROP DOOR SWITCH‐CABINET COMMUNICATION

8 1439789 CBL: BELLY DOOR SWITCH‐CABINET COMMUNICATION

9 1439796 CBL: DC POWER, BACKPLANE DC POWER

10 1439797 CBL: BILL VALIDATOR POWER / COMMUNICATION

11 1439798 CBL: BILL DOOR SWITCH‐CABINET COMMUNICATION

12 1446171 CBL: DC DIST‐ AUDIO DC POWER

13 1444395 CBL: DC DIST‐ LOWER LCD DC POWER

14 1444396 CBL: DC DIST‐ UPPER LCD DC POWER


15 1441693 CBL: EMU 3.0 TO BP/FOOT LIGHT BOARDS DC POWER / COMMUNICATION
16 1448119 CBL: CROWN INPUT, EMU 3.0 DC POWER / COMMUNICATION

17 1444388 CBL: DC POWER, BP 2.0 Display DC POWER

18 1446166 CBL: DC POWER, BUTTON PANEL DC POWER

19 COMMUNICATION
1455827 CBL: jumper, CAB ID, Gamescape
20 DC POWER / COMMUNICATION
HD‐1430610 CBL: METER EXT, 25 IN.
21 HD‐026762‐00‐00 CBL: 6 MECH METERS‐ASSY DC POWER / COMMUNICATION

24 1443893 CBL: BILL ADPT, I‐VIZION, BACKPLANE X DC POWER / COMMUNICATION

25 1443894 CBL: BILL ADPT, MEI, BACKPLANE X DC POWER / COMMUNICATION

26 1457876 CBL: TOP DISPLAY SWITCH COMMUNICATION

27 1455162 CBL: DC PWR, fan & amplifier POWER

28 1444413 CBL: PRINTER BEZEL, FRONT POWER

29 1444415 CBL: PRINTER BEZEL, FRONT GEN 2/3 POWER

30 1446196 CBL: BLOWER, LOWER CABINET, BACKPLANE X POWER

31 1444679 CBL:" DISPLAYPORT, 6 FOOT COMMUNICATION

32 1444678 CBL:" DISPLAYPORT, 4 FOOT COMMUNICATION

33 HS‐018720‐00‐06 CBL: S/PDIF RCA PLUG/PLUG, 6FT COMMUNICATION

34 HS‐018303‐00‐03 CBL: USB 2.0 A‐B, 3FT COMMUNICATION

36 DC POWER
HD‐025992‐03‐00 CBL: JCM STD BA BZL ILLUM
37 HD‐025991‐01‐00 CBL: MEI STD BA BZL ILLUM DC POWER
38 CBL: SIGNAL JUMPER, BEZEL DC POWER
HD‐026001‐00‐00
39 HD‐025991‐01‐00 CBL: MEI STD BA BZL ILLUM DC POWER
40 DC POWER
HD‐026001‐00‐00 CBL: SIGNAL JUMPER, BEZEL
41 CBL: MEI STD BA BZL ILLUM DC POWER
HD‐025991‐01‐00
42 CBL: SIGNAL JUMPER, BEZEL DC POWER
HD‐026001‐00‐00
43 HD‐025991‐01‐00 CBL: MEI STD BA BZL ILLUM DC POWER

Copyright 2016. Scientific Games, Confidential & Proprietary Information


1|Page
SG Proprietary and Confidential

44 HU‐1403125 CBL: AC POWER SWITCH AC POWER

46 1441679 CBL: AC DISTRIBUTION‐ EBOX AC POWER

48 HS‐018303‐00‐04 CBL: USB 2.0, A‐B RT ANGLE, 4 FT COMMUNICATION

49 HD‐1436767 CBL: 3 BUTTON PANEL, USB INTERFACE COMMUNICATION/POWER (NOT Shown)

50 HS‐018720‐00‐15 CBL: S/PDIF RCA PLUG/PLUG, 1.5FT COMMUNICATION

51 1457880/1455059 CBL: 24V DC PWR, LCD


52 1455060 CBL: 24V DC PWR, TOP LCD
53 1455119 CBL: EMU, EXTENSION, INTERFACE COMMUNICATION

54 HD‐009861‐00‐03 cbl: tower lamp ext‐3 ft COMMUNICATION

55 HD‐023609‐00‐04 cbl: dc ext‐8pmf‐f/m‐4ft


56 1455955 CBL: bottom display switch COMMUNICATION

57 1455190 CBL: DC GND REF.


58 1457880/1455954 CBL: EMU interface, triptych display COMMUNICATION
59 1455335 CBL: Audio, speaker interface, PI COMMUNICATION

COMMUNICATION –Not Shown in Block Diagram


60 1455691 CBL: Audio, Sound bar, PI
( found inside Sound bar assembly)
61 1455951 CBL: EMU interface,2ft, Top display COMMUNICATION
62 1441894 Cbl: EMU to MC, 7ft COMMUNICATION
63 1457317 Cbl: Top Box Comm COMMUNICATION
64 HS‐018303‐00‐06 cbl: usb 2.0 a‐b, 6ft COMMUNICATION

65 1458140 cbl: USB 3.0, A male to Micro B Male, 3.3ft COMMUNICATION

66 1457823 Cbl: EMU, Extension COMMUNICATION

100 1456090 CBL: WONKA PI DC DIST DC POWER


101 1456261 CBL: WONKA PI WHEEL DC DC POWER
102 1456479 CBL: WONKA PI WHEEL LED PNL MT COMMUNICATION
104 1456482 CBL: WONKA WHEEL LED POINTERTO BRD COMMUNICATION

Copyright 2016. Scientific Games, Confidential & Proprietary Information


2|Page
SG Proprietary and Confidential

103 53
Block Diagram - 61

TOP DISPLAY
Communication WEDGE
LEDS
WHEEL RING
LEDS
w/ embedded EMU lighting

RS-485 59
102

Sound Bar

50 LED BOARDs
33
USB GAME AUDIO SUB
Streaming SPDIF AMPLIFIER
101
Audio TOP

21.5" HD LCD

LED BOARDs
26.5" HD LCD, Non‐touch 21.5" HD LCD

LED BOARDs
Nontouch (1920x1920) Nontouch
WHEEL WONKA 100 64 RS-485 (1920x1080) [Tovis P/N: LM 265 SQ1‐ SLA] (1920x1080)
34 [Tovis P/N: LM215WF3‐ [Tovis P/N: LM215WF3‐
BOARD LETTERS
SLK1] SLK1]

64
62 58 66

TOP BOX Touchscreen Controller


CONTROL (if touch is deemed necessary. Non‐
101 BRD USB touch is the current path of record)
USB
100 LED BOARDs
15
TRIPTYCH DISPLAY
SPDIF
Ticket Printer
(Serial / USB) RS-485

USB

Bill Acceptor EMU Controller


(Serial / USB) 34
65
LEAP
USB Mechanical
Motion
Button Panel Interface (USB)
2 10
SERIAL
COM
PRINTER
BACKPLANE 2.0 USB BP 2.0
Button Panel (USB)
SERIAL
COM
Top Box = J21
BILL USB 3.0 PORTS
Bill Validator =J12
26 Top Display SW
PLAYER TRACKING USB
Printer = J5
8 CABINET DOOR
Belly Door SWITCH INPUT
GAME SWITCHES 20 Meters
11 Bill Door CONNECTOR J47
J45 Top Box 21 Lighting Board
J48 Belly Door METER0
Triptych Display Door
56 J58 6XP METERS = J20 METER1
Stacker Switch J61 Bill Door METER2
J62 Aux Logic Door CAB ID J59 METER3
1 Main Door 19 METER4
J63 Stacker SW
Drop Door J64 Main Door METER5
3
J69 Drop Door
KEYSW0: Attendant 7 PORT USB
7 HUB USB
KEYSW1: Supervisory/Diag
COINOPTO2
3
(KEYSW2) Lighting Board
J10 Key Switches Display Port x1
COINOPTO3 48
PROGRESSIVE = J18 USB
(KEYSW3)

TOWER LAMP = J17 SPN = J3 48


TWR0
TWR1 LEFT
SERIAL TOUCH = J4 ANALOG AUDIO = J6
TWR2 TWEETER
TWR3 4
54
Tower Light RIGHT
34
TOP BOX COM

TWEETER
TOP VIDEO

PRIMARY

DISPLAY

31
VIDEO

PORT

SUB

100 63 32
LAN x 2
Display Port x1
RS-232

GAME AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
BOTTOM
5

31

Display Port x3

Copyright 2016. Scientific Games, Confidential & Proprietary Information


3|Page
SG Proprietary and Confidential

DC VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM


3.3VDC
53 61
5VDC TOP DISPLAY
WHEEL w/ EMU lighting
5VI
RING
12VDC LIGHTING
15VDC
58
24VDC
103 6
Sound Bar
AC FAIL
EMU Controller LED BOARDs
COLOR KEY
Tower Light 40
Retrieve Ticket
TWR0
Blinky Light
TWR1
TWR2 2
WHEEL WHEEL Ticket Printer
CNTRL WEDGE TWR3
(Serial / USB) 21.5" HD LCD

LED BOARDs
26.5" HD LCD, Non‐touch 21.5" HD LCD

LED BOARDs
BRD LIGHT
Nontouch (1920x1920) Nontouch
xx (1920x1080) [Tovis P/N: LM 265 SQ1‐ SLA] (1920x1080)
102 [Tovis P/N: LM215WF3‐ [Tovis P/N: LM215WF3‐
SLK1] SLK1]

Insert Bill 40
10 Blinky Light
101 12V or 24V Touchscreen Controller
TOP BOX
Bill Acceptor (if touch is deemed necessary. Non‐
CONTROL
(Serial / USB) 15 touch is the current path of record)
BOARD PRINTER
LED BOARDs
CABLE
TRIPTYCH DISPLAY
BACKPLANE 2.0
GAME AUDIO TOP BOX = J12
WONKA AMPLIFIER 12V & 24V
REAR BOTTOM PLAYER TRACKING
HOPPER = J75
CAN
- VOLTAGE
BILL VALIDATOR =J28 MONITORING
4 CONNECTIONS
PRINTER = J11
51
17
TOWER LAMP = J8 J36 DC OUT
12 12VDC
J34 DC OUT
24VDC 18
12VDC
J37 DC OUT
24VDC
12VDC
J35 DC OUT
24VDC MECH BUTTON TO USB PCBA
12VDC
30 24VDC DOOR/KEY SWITCH = J10
J20, 21, J22 FAN
There are 5 BLOWER
available ports OUT12VDC METERS = J32
for fans/ BLOWER 24VDC Button Panel 2.0
blowers 10.4" Display
Blade s32 BLOWER PROGRESSIVE = J9
only uses 3
GAME SWITCHES = J14
27 48
SERIAL (TOUCH) = J4 SPN = J46
21
ANALOG AUDIO = J2
DC INPUT = J33 Meters
3.3VDC AUX OUT = J13
5VDC 12VDC METER0
20
12VDC 24VDC METER1
24VDC 24VDC METER2
AC FAIL METER3
AC FAIL
AUX OUT = J14 METER4
5VDC METER5
100 DC INPUT = J19 Lighting
5V ISOLATED 24VDC Boards
24VDC
DC INPUT = J11 SERIAL PORT
(Debug / GAT) 12VDC 27
24VDC
GAME AUDIO
AMPLIFIER

3.3VDC
5VDC
12VDC
15VDC
ACFAIL
9 65 DC OUTPUT +24V TOP

24VDC
+5VDC via USB 3.0 27

5Vi

P5
port DC OUTPUT +12V
3.3VDC
5VDC
12VDC
15VDC
ACFAIL

DC FAN P7
24VDC

LEAP
34 in MAST
5Vi

MOTION DC OUTPUT +5V USB 5VDC


Streaming 12VDC
55
P7 Audio 24VDC
12VDC 24VDC
24VDC P8
55 9
24VDC
5VDC
CORE POWER SUPPLY 12VDC
DC GND 55
POWER SUPPLY 24VDC
5VDC IN MAST 24VDC
12VDC
57 5V, 12V, & 24V
24VDC
24VDC

DC GND

55
5VDC
12VDC
5V, 12V, & 24V
24VDC
24VDC

Copyright 2016. Scientific Games, Confidential & Proprietary Information


4|Page
SG Proprietary and Confidential

AC VOLTAGE
SWITCHED & UNSWITCHED DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM

5-pin x 1 row
ACCESSORY AC
MINIFIT
(SWITCHED)

FASTONS OF CABLE
CONNECT TO A PANEL
MOUNT CONNECTOR

PLAYER TRACKING AC
IEC
(UNSWITCHED)

.093
PLAYER TRACKING AC
(3191) 46
(UNSWITCHED)

SWITCHED

EARTH GROUND STUD

UNSWITCHED

GROUND BONDING STUD

P3

ON/OFF P2
SWITCH
44

POWER SUPPLY IN CORE

LINE
CORD

6850-XXXX

AC SOURCE
1

ON/OFF P2
SWITCH
44

POWER SUPPLY IN MAST

LINE
CORD

6850-XXXX

AC SOURCE
2

Copyright 2016. Scientific Games, Confidential & Proprietary Information


5|Page
Gamescape “MAST” Wiring Guide
DOC‐0001162
REV BY DESCRIPTION ECO / DATE
0.1 V. Mercado DRAFT 01/15/2016
0.2 V. Mercado Vendor Updates, added Table of 02/04/2016
contents, and added cable listing
0.3 V. Mercado Added installation of ferrite clamp, 02/09/2016
section 21 and updated list of
cables on page 2
0.4 V. Mercado Added backplane connection of 02/22/2016
leap motion assembly, section 18
0.5 V. Mercado Updated section 19 and 22 for 04/21/2016
required EMC compliancy.
1.0 V. Mercado Added instructions for cable 05/02/2016
1457317

Page 1 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
List of cables installed into the Gamescape HLA

Part Number Description


1455162 CBL: DC PWR, FAN/AMP
1444679 DisplayPort 20 pin male to Displayport 20 pin male, 6 foot
HS‐018303‐00‐06 CBL: usb 2.0 a‐b, 6ft
HS‐018720‐00‐15 CBL: s/pdif rca plug/plug, 1.5ft
1455951 CBL: EMU TO TOP DISPLAY, INTERFACE
1455119 CBL: EMU Extension interface
1457823 CBL: EMU, EXTENSION
HD‐009861‐00‐03 CBL: tower lamp ext‐3 ft
1455060 CBL: 24V DC PWR, TOP LCD
HD‐023609‐00‐04 CBL: dc ext‐8pmf‐f/m‐4ft
1455335 CBL: AUDIO 3 SPKR INTERFACE, PI
1457876 CBL: TOP DISPLAY SWITCH
HS‐018303‐00‐03 CBL: usb 2.0 a‐b, 3ft
HS‐018720‐00‐06 CBL: s/pdif rca plug/plug, 6ft
6850‐009385‐00‐01 line cord: jmp iec320, 10a@250v, 1.5m
6850‐009385‐00‐02 line cord: jmp iec320, 10a@250v, 2M
1455827 CBL: CAB ID, PI
1455190 CBL: DC REF GND
1455955 CBL: AUXILIARY LOGIC SWITCH
HU‐1403125 CBL: ac power switch
1457880 CBL: Triptych Assembly
1444678 DisplayPort 20 pin male to Displayport 20 pin male, 4 foot
1456090 CBL: WONKA PI DC DIST
1460662 CBL: EMU TO MC 7FT ‐ UNSHIELDED
1457317 CBL: TOP BOX COMM

Page 2 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
Table of Contents
1. Installation of DC power cable for Fan and Top Amplifier .................................................................... 4
2. Installation of Display port cable for Top display ................................................................................. 5
3. Installation of USB cable for top Audio Amplifier ................................................................................. 7
4. Installation of SPDIF to top Amplifier ................................................................................................... 9
5. Installation of EMU cable on MAST .................................................................................................... 10
6. Installation of Tower light cable ......................................................................................................... 12
7. Installation of DC power cable for top Display ................................................................................... 13
8. Installation of DC power extension cables for Top Box use................................................................ 14
9. Installation of Audio interface cable ................................................................................................... 15
10. Installation of Top Display Switch harness ..................................................................................... 16
11. Installation of USB cable for Streaming audio board ...................................................................... 17
12. Installation of SPDIF cable for Bottom amplifier ............................................................................ 18
13. “MAST” Power Supply connections ................................................................................................ 19
14. Installation of Cabinet ID jumper cable .......................................................................................... 21
15. Installation of DC ground reference cable ...................................................................................... 22
16. Installation of Bottom switch cable ................................................................................................ 23
17. Installation of AC switch harness .................................................................................................... 24
18. Backplane connection of USB Leap Motion sensor assembly ........................................................ 25
19. Installation of harness 1457880...................................................................................................... 26
20. Installation of display port cables and USB cable for the triptych display ..................................... 30
a. Bundling display port and USB cables together .............................................................................. 30
b. Installation of bundled harness for the triptych display ................................................................. 31
21. Installation of Ground braid on Triptych mounting bracket ........................................................... 34
22. Installation of Ferrites on lower cabinet harnesses ........................................................................ 35
23. Installation of Top Box Communication cable, 1457317 ................................................................ 38
24. Installation of EMU to MC cable, 1460662 ..................................................................................... 39
25. Installation of Wonka Top Box cable, 1456090 .............................................................................. 40

Page 3 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
1. Installation of DC power cable for Fan and Top Amplifier
The cable shown below in green reflects the recommended routing scheme for cable 1455162.

Page 4 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
2. Installation of Display port cable for Top display
The cable below, in black, shows the recommended routing for display port cable, 1444679.

Page 5 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
The images below show how the display ports for both the top display and the 10.4 inch display are to
be plugged into the backplane.

Top display port cable plugs into


port V4.

10.4 inch panel plugs into port V5.

Page 6 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
3. Installation of USB cable for top Audio Amplifier
The cable below, in blue, shows the recommended routing scheme for the USB cable, HS‐018303‐00‐06.
This cable plugs into the top audio amplifier and the other end plugs into the backplane.

Page 7 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
As shown above, the cable in blue is the recommended routing method for the USB cable within the
lower portion of the cabinet. Notice the two arrows shown above, these arrows point to the clamps
used to dress the USB cable.

Page 8 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
4. Installation of SPDIF to top Amplifier
The cable shown in the picture below shows the recommended routing for the
SPDIF cable, HS‐018720‐00‐15.

Page 9 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
5. Installation of EMU cable on MAST
Below there are 3 cables that make up the harnessing for connecting the EMU to the top Display found
in the MAST. The yellow cable, 1455951, plugs into the display and the other end plugs into harness
1455119. The cable 1455119 runs down the right side of the MAST and connects to an existing cable,
1457823 (shown in RED), that routes within the common Core.

Page 10 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
The picture of the cable shown below shows the recommended routing scheme used within the bottom
portion of the cabinet. The dotted lines show that the harness goes behind objects like a power supply,
Shelf, or metal brackets.

Page 11 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
6. Installation of Tower light cable
The picture below shows the recommended routing scheme for the cable HD‐009861‐00‐03. This cable
should route on the right side of the MAST. Notice the arrows showing which cable clamps to use for
dressing the harness HD‐009861‐00‐03.

Page 12 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
7. Installation of DC power cable for top Display
This picture shows how the DC power cable, 1455060, for the Top display is to be routed within the
MAST.

Page 13 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
8. Installation of DC power extension cables for Top Box use.
The cable, HD‐023609‐00‐04, shall be routed as shown in the picture below. A total of two of these
cables must be routed within the MAST. Both cables are to be routed together.

Page 14 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
9. Installation of Audio interface cable
The Audio cable, 1455335, must be routed as shown below.

Page 15 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
10. Installation of Top Display Switch harness
The cable 1457876 shown below, in black, is the recommended routing scheme for this cable.

Jumper found above connector J45 must be set to positions 1 and 2, as shown in the picture below.

Note: The jumper position above connector J62 must also be set to positions 1 and 2. (This is not
shown)

Page 16 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
11. Installation of USB cable for Streaming audio board
The picture below shows the recommended routing scheme for the USB cable, HS‐018303‐00‐03,
plugging into the Streaming Audio board, 1452585. The other end of this cable will plug into the
backplane via a blue USB port plug, also known as a USB3.0 port.

Page 17 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
12. Installation of SPDIF cable for Bottom amplifier
The SPDIF cable, HS‐018720‐00‐06, shown below is the recommended routing scheme. The cable should
run on the left side of the MAST. The arrows shown below point to the clamps used to dress the cable.

Notice below, the recommended routing method within the bottom portion of the cabinet. The dotted
line indicates the harness routing behind objects.

Page 18 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
13. “MAST” Power Supply connections
DC power connections shown below.

The AC line cord, 6850‐009385‐00‐02, that is used to connect the power supply found in the MAST is
shown below. Notice the cable clamps used to route the cable to the lower portion of the cabinet. Also
notice that the AC line cord will route behind the lower subwoofer found in the lower cabinet, see
picture on the right.

Page 19 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
The AC line cord will route and plug into the ACM unit as shown below.

Another AC line cord, 6850‐009385‐00‐01, must plug into the primary power supply as shown below.

Page 20 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
14. Installation of Cabinet ID jumper cable
Plug cable jumper, 1455827, to J59 of the backplane 2.0 board, as shown below.

Page 21 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
15. Installation of DC ground reference cable
Install DC ground cable, 1455190, as shown below.

Page 22 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
16. Installation of Bottom switch cable
The Bottom switch cable harness, 1455955, must be routed as shown in the picture below. This cable is
part of the bottom switch bracket assembly and gets installed with the bracket assembly.

This cable gets routed through the bottom portion of the cabinet as shown below and plugs into port
J62 of the backplane.

Page 23 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
17. Installation of AC switch harness

The recommended routing for cable HU‐1403125 is shown below.

Page 24 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
18. Backplane connection of USB Leap Motion sensor assembly
Backplane connection of cable 1460368 is shown in the picture below. This cable is part of the Leap
motion assembly and has a USB Y connection at the end. A RED colored connector and a BLACK colored
connector. The Black colored connector must plug into the USB 3.0 port found on the Backplane. The
RED port can plug into any open USB 2.0 port found on the backplane.

Page 25 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
19. Installation of harness 1457880
This harness is used for the Triptych display assembly. Recommended routing scheme is shown in the
pictures that follow.

The cable 1457880 is shown below. Notice how the ground wire found on harness 1457880 is tied to the
display mounting bracket, as shown in the picture on the right.

Recommended routing within the MAST is shown below. The green wire represents the harness
1457880.

Page 26 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
Lower cabinet routing of the cable 1457880 is shown below.

Page 27 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
Cable 1457880 is shown assembled below. Notice the tie wrap mounting locations.

Page 28 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
Once harness 1457880 is installed the following ferrite clamps are to be installed at the Triptych display
end.
 Ferrite (6556‐01668‐00‐00) must be clamped on the DC power connection as shown with the
red arrow.
 Ferrites (1448135) must be clamped on both EMU connections for the display, as shown with
green arrows in the picture below.

Page 29 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
20. Installation of display port cables and USB cable for the
triptych display
Display port cables are shown below. The following four cables shown below should be bundled
together with (2 feet) of tubing before routing them in the cabinet. Three 4 feet display port cables
(1444678) and one USB cable (HS‐018303‐00‐03).

a. Bundling display port and USB cables together

The picture below shows the distance of all the connections in relation to each other, in accordance to
the tie wrap found on the end of the wire wrapping.

Page 30 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
The picture below shows the length of the wire wrap as it is added to bundle the 4 cables. The wire wrap
used should be 2 feet in length. The recommended method to bundle the cables is as follows:

Starting from the left you will notice a tie wrap, from left to right a tie wrap is required about every 6
inches, for a total of 5 tie wraps to be used in strapping the wrap on the bundle of cables. Also notice an
added tie wrap all the way on the right holding the display and USB cables together, 1 inch from the tie
wrap found on the wrapping end.

b. Installation of bundled harness for the triptych display

The bundled cable is shown below. The bundle consist of three display port cables (1444678)
and one USB cable (HS‐018303‐00‐03).

Page 31 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
The picture above shows how each display port and USB cable is required to plug into the backplane.
The backplane is found in the lower portion of the cabinet.

Page 32 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
Notice the tie wrap locations shown below. These are good indicators of were to dress the harness on
the bracket.

Page 33 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
21. Installation of Ground braid on Triptych mounting bracket
Ground Braid is required to be attached between the MAST and the triptych bracket as shown below.

Need to add top box cables.

Page 34 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
22. Installation of Ferrites on lower cabinet harnesses
The ferrites 1460720 and 1448135 are required on several cables, as shown below. The picture below
shows the recommend placement of the ferrites. Ferrite 1460720 must clamp over all EMU harnesses
going through the square hole on the bottom of the cabinet. Ferrite 1448135 must clamp over the
Audio cable as shown in the picture below. All ferrites must be placed as close as possible to the large
square cut‐out found in the lower portion of the cabinet.

Page 35 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
The Ferrite (1446550) must also be placed on the SPDIF cable at the amplifier connection end of the
bottom AMP, as shown in the picture below.

The small Ferrite (1443754) must be clamped on to the EMU DC power cable near the connection end
point as shown below.

Page 36 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
Ferrite (6556‐001668‐00‐00) is already on the BOM and it is found on the Woofer cable, but it needs to
be relocated. The Cable needs to wrap once around the ferrite. This cable is part of the Woofer
assembly wiring. The Location of the ferrite must be as shown below.

Page 37 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
23. Installation of Top Box Communication cable, 1457317
The following picture shows the recommended routing path for cable 1457317. It should be routed on
the right hand side of the MAST and shall be placed on the cable clamps that are closer to the front edge
of the MAST, as shown below on the left. The picture on the right show how the cable will plug into the
backplane.

Any excess cabling , if any, must reside in the Lower portion of the cabinet, not in the MAST.

Page 38 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
24. Installation of EMU to MC cable, 1460662
The following picture shows the recommended routing path for cable 1460662. It should be routed on
the right hand side of the MAST and shall be placed on the cable clamps that are closer to the front edge
of the MAST, as shown below on the left.

The two pictures on the right show the recommended routing path for the cable through the rest of the
cabinet. One end of the cable must plug into the DMX port on the EMU controller, which is found in the
lower portion of the cabinet.

Page 39 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
25. Installation of Wonka Top Box cable, 1456090

See Gamescape wheel right enclosure assembly, A‐1458081, to insure proper installation of harnesses
within the top assembly.

The picture below shows the connection points for interfacing cable 1456090 with the controller board
in the MAST. The controller board is located on the top back right side of the MAST, on the right side of
the fan.

Page 40 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential
The picture above shows the interconnections made to the tower light cable and the DC power cables
found in the MAST. The connections are keyed and designed to be poka‐yoke.

Page 41 of 41
SG Proprietary and Confidential

You might also like